MathsBookPart1 PDF

Maths Book
Part 1

By Abhishek Jain
Topics:
1. Number System
2. HCF and LCM
3. Ratio & proportion
4. Average
5. Percentage
6. Profit & loss
7. Time, Speed & Distance
8. Time & Work

Number System

Understanding Numbers
A measurement carried out, of any quantity, leads to a meaningful value called the Number.
This value may be positive or negative depending on the direction of the measurement and can
be represented on the number line.

Natural Numbers (N)
The numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5…are known as natural numbers. The set of natural numbers is
denoted by N. Hence, N = {1, 2, 3, 4…}. The natural numbers are further divided as even, odd,
prime etc.

Whole Numbers (W)
All natural numbers together with ‘0’ are collectively called whole numbers. The set of whole
numbers is denoted by W, and W = {0, 1, 2, 3, ……}

Integers (Z)
The set including all whole numbers and their negatives is called a set of integers. It is denoted
by Z, and Z = {– ∞, … – 3, – 2, – 1, 0, 1, 2, 3, ……. ∞}. They are further classified into Negative
integers, Neutral integers and positive integers.

Negative integers (Z-)
All integers lesser than Zero are called negative integers.
Z- = {– 1, – 2, – 3…– ∞ }

Neutral integers (Z0)
Zero is the only integer which is neither negative nor positive and it is called a neutral integer.

Positive integers (Z+)
All integers greater than Zero are called positive integers.
Z + = {1, 2, 3, …….., ∞ }

Real number
Real numbers are those numbers which can be easily identified & quantified or all numbers
which can be represented on number line are called real number.
E.g. – 2, – 5, 6, 7.88, 9.73, 17 etc.

Real numbers are of two types:

Rational numbers & Irrational numbers:
Fractions (also known as rational numbers) can be written as terminating (ending) or repeating
decimals (such as 0.5, 0.76, or 0.333333....). On the other hand, all those numbers that can be
written as non-terminating, non-repeating decimals are non-rational, so they are called the
"irrationals". Examples would be 2 ("the square root of two") or the number pi
( π = 3.14159..., from geometry).

Types of rational numbers:

There are two types of rational numbers:

a. Integers b. Fractions

Integers
Integers are defined as: all negative natural numbers ( …..-4,-3,-2,-1 and 0 & all positive natural
numbers (1,2,3,4,5……..) Note that integers do not include decimals or fractions - just whole
numbers.

Fractions:
"
All the rational numbers which are in form of , where p, q ≠ 0 and p is not a multiple of q are
#
called fractions. The number on the bottom of fraction is called denominator and number on
top of a fraction is called a numerator.

$ &
Examples: 1.3, 1.5, 5.6, , etc.
% %
$
In the fraction, , 2 is the numerator and 5 is denominator.
%

Irrational Numbers
"
Any number which cannot be represented in the form where p and q are integers and q ≠ 0
#
is an irrational number. On the basis of non-terminating decimals, irrational numbers are non-
terminating non recurring decimals. Such as 3.4324546345……. is a non-terminating, non-
repeating number.
Examples: π, √5, √7, etc.

Imaginary number:-
Imaginary numbers are those numbers which cannot be represented on number
line. E.g. −2, −3, etc. Square roots of all negative numbers are imaginary numbers.

Classification of Numbers

i. Even Numbers:
All numbers divisible by 2 are called even numbers. E.g., 2, 4, 6, 8, 10 …Even numbers can be
expressed in the form 2n, where n is an integer. Thus 0, – 2, − 6, etc. are also even numbers.

ii. Odd Numbers:
All numbers not divisible by 2 are called odd numbers. e.g. 1, 3, 5, 7, 9…Odd numbers can be
expressed in the form (2n + 1) where n is any integer. Thus – 1, − 3, − 9 etc. are all odd
numbers.

Addition / Subtraction
even + even = even; even − even = even;
even + odd = odd; even − odd = odd;
odd + odd = even odd − odd = even

Multiplication
even × even = even;
even × odd = even;
odd × odd = odd.

Multiplication of any number
Positive × positive = positive
Positive × negative = negative
Negative × negative = positive

Division
Positive / positive = positive
Positive / negative = negative
Negative / negative = positive

iii. Prime Numbers:
A natural number that has no other factors besides itself and unity is a prime number.

Examples: 2, 3, 5, 7, 11, 13, 17, 19 …

Important Observation about prime numbers:
A prime number greater than 3, when divided by 6 leaves either 1 or 5 as the remainder.
Hence, a prime number can be expressed in the form of 6K ± 1. But the converse of this
observation is not true, that a number leaving a remainder of 1 or 5 when divided by 6 is not
necessarily a prime number. For eg: 25, 35 etc

Example 1:- If a, a + 2, a + 4 are consecutive prime numbers. Then how many solutions ‘a’ can
have?
Solution:- No even value of ‘a’ satisfies this. So ‘a’ should be odd. But out of three consecutive
odd numbers, atleast one number is a multiple of 3. So, only possibility is a = 3 and the numbers
are 3, 5, 7.

Verifying whether the number is prime number or not
Can be done by trial division, that is to say dividing n by all prime numbers Smaller than √𝑛,
thereby checking whether n is a multiple of 𝑚 < 𝑛

Example 2:- Find whether 161 is a prime number or not?
Solution: 161 is little less than 13, from integers from 2 to 13, 161 is divisible by 7, hence 161
is not a prime number.

iv. Composite Numbers: A composite number has other factors besides itself and unity. e.g. 8,
72, 39, etc. On the basis of this fact that a number with more than two factors is a composite
we have only 34 composite from 1 to 50 and 40 composite from 51 to 100.

v. Perfect Numbers: A number is said to be a perfect number if the sum of ALL its factors
excluding itself (but including 1) is equal to the number itself.
Or
The sum of all the possible factors of the number is equal to twice the number.

vi. Co-Prime numbers:
Two numbers are (prime or composite) said to be co-prime to one another, if they do not have
any common factor other than 1. e.g. 35 & 12, since they both don’t have a common factor
among them other than 1.

Conversion of recurring decimal into fractions:
p
The form of any recurring =
q

The whole number - non-recurring part

As many 9's as number of digits in the recurring part followed by as many0's as digits in the non-recurring part

Example:- Express 2.52145145145…. as a fraction.
252145 − 252 251893
Solution: x = 2.52145145145….. = 2.52 145 = =
99900 99900

Factors
A divisor of an integer n, also called a factor of n, is an integer which evenly divides n without
leaving a remainder. In general, it is said m is a factor of n for non-zero integers m and n if
there exists an integer k such that n = k × m
• 1 is divisor of every integer.
• Every integer is a divisor of itself.
• A positive divisor of n which is different from n is called a proper divisor.
• An integer n > 1 whose only proper divisor is 1 is called a prime number. Equivalently, one
would say that a prime number is one which has exactly two factors: 1 and itself.
• Any positive divisor of n is a product of prime divisors of n raised to some power.
• If a number equals the sum of its proper divisors, it is said to be a perfect number

Finding the Number of Factors of an Integer
p q r
First make prime factorization of an integer n = a × b × c , where a, b and c are prime factors
of n and p , q , and r are their powers.
The number of factors of n will be expressed by formula (p+1) × (q+1) × (r+1)
NOTE: This will include 1 and n itself.

Example: Finding the number of all factors of 450?
1 2 2
Solution: 450 = 2 × 3 × 5
Total number of factors of 450 including 1 and 450 itself is.(1+1) × (2+1 ) × (2+1) = 2 × 3 × 3 = 18

Finding the Sum of all the Factors of any natural number.
p q r
First make prime factorization of an integer n = a × b × c , where a, b and c are prime factors
of n and p , q , and r are their powers. The sum of factors of n will be expressed by the formula:

Example: Finding the sum of all factors of 450
1 2 2
Solution: 450 = 2 × 3 × 5
The sum of all factors of 450 is

Finding the product of all the factors of any natural number.
First we need to find the number of factors of that number (N)
4
Let’s say number of factors of N = X then, product of all the factors of N = (𝑁) 5

Example: Find product of all the factors of 36
Solution: 36 = 22 × 32
number of factors are = (2+1) × (2+1) = 9
6
so , product of factors = 365 or 364 × 36 = 364 × 6 = answer

Perfect Square
A perfect square, is an integer that can be written as the square of some other integer. For
example 16 is an perfect square of 4.
There are some tips about the perfect square:
• The number of distinct factors of a perfect square is ALWAYS ODD.
• The sum of distinct factors of a perfect square is ALWAYS ODD.
• A perfect square ALWAYS has an ODD number of Odd-factors, and EVEN number of Even-
factors.
• Perfect square always has even number of powers of prime factors.

Division
Division is the operation of determining how many times one quantity is contained in another.
It is the inverse of multiplication.

Formulae:
Dividend = ( Divisor × Quotient) + Remainder
If 15 is divided by 6, then quotient will be 2 and remainder will be 3.
Hence, we can write it as 15 = 6 × 2 + 3
Here 15 is dividend, 6 is divisor, 2 is a quotient and 3 is a remainder
If a number, when divided by 3 leaves remainder 1, the number can be written as 3x+1.

Some important facts
1. The sum of five successive whole numbers is always divisible by 5.
2. The square of an odd number when divided by 8 leaves a remainder of 1.
3. The product of 3 consecutive natural numbers is divisible by 6.
4. The product of 3 consecutive natural numbers, the first of which is an even number is
divisible by 24.
5. If a number is not a multiple of 3, then its square divided by 3 leaves a remainder of 1.
6. The last digit of the product of any nine consecutive numbers is always 0.
7. The sum of a two-digit number and a number formed by reversing its digits is divisible by 11.

E.g. 28 + 82 = 110, which is divisible by 11
8. A three-digit number where all the digits are same is divisible by 37.
9. 10n - 7 is divisible by 3 for any natural n.

Divisibility Rules
Divisible If Examples
By:
2 The number is even. Or The last(units) digit of 84 is divisible by 2.
the number is 0, 2, 4, 6 or 8 85 is not divisible by 2.
3 The sum of the digits of number is divisible by 1248 is divisible by 3.
3. (1 + 2 + 4 + 8 = 15)

346 is not divisible by 3.
(3 + 4 + 6 = 13)
4 The last two digits of the number is divisible 23456 is divisible by 4.
by 4. And the numbers having two or more (56 is divisible by 4)
zeros at the end.
13000 is divisible by 4.
(Two or more zeros at the end.)
5 The numbers having 0 or 5 at the end. 12345 is divisible by 5.
(5 is there at the end)

(0 or 5 is not there at the end)
6 The number is divisible by both 2 and 3. 5358 is divisible by 6.
(It is divisible by both 2 and 3)

(It is divisible by 2 but not divisible by
3)
7 The rule which holds good for numbers with Let’s take 85437954 .
more than 3 digits is as follows: The groups are 85, 437, 954 Sum of
odd groups = 954 + 85 = 1039
(A) Group the numbers in three from units Sum of even groups = 437
digit Difference = 602.
Which is divisible by 7, hence the
(B) Add the odd groups and even groups number is divisible by 7.
separately
(C) The difference of the odd and even groups

should be 0 or divisible by

8 The number formed by last three digits is 2056 is divisible by 8.
divisible by 8. And the numbers having three (056 is divisible by 8)
or more zeros at the end.
(Three zeros at last)
9 The sum of all the digits is divisible by 9. 5301 is divisible by 9.
(5 + 3 + 0 + 1 = 9 which is divisible by
9)
10 The number ends with zero. 467590 is divisible by 10.
(It ends with zero)
11 The difference between the sum of digits at 10538 is divisible by 11.
even places and sum of digits at odd places is [(1 + 5 + 8) – (0 + 3) = 11 which is
0 or divisible by 11. divisible by 11]

[(7 + 4 + 6) – (2 + 8 + 7) = 0]
( The number is divisible by both 3 and
4)

(The number is divisible by 3 but not
divisible by 4)
13 Method: Multiply last digit of the number by 182 is divisible by 13.
4 and add it to the remaining number. (Multiply last digit by 4 i.e 2×4 = 8.
Continue this process until two digit number Add it to the remaining number i.e 18
is achieved. If this two digit number is + 8 = 26.
divisible by 13 then the number is divisible by 26 is divisible by 13 so 182 is divisible
13. by 13)

2145 is divisible by 13
( Multiply last digit by 4 i.e 5×4 = 20.
Add it to the remaining number i.e
214 + 20 = 234 which is not a two digit
number so repeat the process.
Multiply last digit of 234 by 4 i.e. 4×4=
16.
Add it to the remaining number i.e 23
+ 16 = 39 which is divisible by 13 so
2145 is divisible by 13)
(The number is divisible by both 2 and
7)

(The number is divisible by both 3 and
5)
16 The number formed by last four digits is 41104 is divisible by 16.
divisible by 16. (The number formed by last four digits
is divisible by 16)
17 Method: Multiply last digit with 5 and 4029 is divisible by 17
subtract it from the remaining number. If the ( Multiply last digit by 5 i.e. 9×5= 45.
result is divisible by 17 then the original Subtract it from the remaining
number is also divisible by 17. Repeat this number.
process if required. 402 – 45 = 357 which is divisible by 17
so 4029 is divisible by 17)
18 The number is even and divisible by 9. 4428 is divisible by 18.
(It is even and divisible by 9)
19 Method: Multiply last digit with 2 and add it 1235 is divisible by 19.
to the remaining number. If the result is (Multiply last digit with 2 i.e 5×2 = 10.
divisible by 19 then original number is also Add it to the remaining number 123
divisible by 19. Repeat this process if i.e 123 + 10 = 133 which is divisible by
required. 19 so 1235 is also divisible by 19)

Divisibility rule for any prime number greater than 5

If any single digit written ‘n’ times then it will be divisible by prime number(P) greater than 5
only if ‘n’ is divisible by (P – 1)

Example:- What will be the remainder when 4444……..44 times is divided by 7?
Solution: If 4 is divided by 7, the remainder is 4.
If 44 is divided by 7, the remainder is 2.
If 444 is divided by 7, the remainder is 3
By checking like this, we come to know that 444444 is exactly divisible by 7.
So if we take 6 fours, it is exactly divisible by 7. Similarly 12 fours is also exactly divisible by 7
and 42 fours will be exactly divisible by 7. So out of 44, the remaining two fours will give a
remainder of 2.
Now if we see all bold numbers are multiple of 6 and 6 is nothing but 1 less than 7(prime)

FUNDA:
How to calculate remainder, when a number is divided by 11, without division?
Step 1: Add all the odd place numbers (O) and even place numbers (E) counted from right to
left.
Step 2: If O – E is positive, remainder will be the difference less than 11.
Step 3: If O – E is negative, remainder should be (11 – difference).

Ex.1 what is the remainder when 2354789341 is divided by 11?
Sol. Odd place digit sum (O) = 1 + 3 + 8 + 4 + 3 = 19.

Even place digits sum (E) = 4 + 9 + 7 + 5 + 2 = 27.
Difference (D) = 19 – 27 = – 8
Remainder = 11 – 8 = 3.

Ex.2 If 567P55Q is divisible by 88; Find the value of P + Q.
Sol. The number is divisible by 8 means; the number formed by the last 3 digits should be
divisible by 8 which are 55Q. Only Q = 2 satisfy this. From the divisibility rule of 11,
(2 + 5 + 7 + 5) – (5 + P + 6) is divisible by 11. So 8-P is divisible by 11. if P= 8, then only it is
possible. So P = 8 and Q = 2.
So P + Q = 10.

Ex.3 If the first 100 natural numbers are written side by side to form a big number and it is
divided by 8. What will be the remainder?
Sol. The number is 1234…..9899100
According to the divisibility rule of 8, we will check only the last 3 digits.
If 100 is divided by 8, the remainder is 4.

Points to remember

The number 1 is neither prime nor composite.
1) 2 is the only even number which is prime.
2) (xn + yn) is divisible by (x + y), when n is an odd number.
3) (xn – yn) is divisible by (x + y), when n is an even number.
4) (xn – yn) is divisible by (x – y), when n is an odd or an even number.
5) The difference between 2 numbers (xy) – (yx) will always be divisible by 9.
6) The square of an odd number when divided by 8 will always give 1 as a remainder.
7) Every square number is a multiple of 3 or exceeds a multiple of 3 by unity.
8) Every square number is a multiple of 4 or exceeds a multiple of 4 by unity.
9) If a square number ends in 9, the preceding digit is even.
10) If m and n are two integers, then (m + n)! is divisible by m! n!
1 𝑖𝑓 𝑛 𝑖𝑠 𝑒𝑣𝑒𝑛
11) (a)n / (a + 1) leaves a remainder of
𝑎 𝑖𝑓 𝑛 𝑖𝑠 𝑜𝑑𝑑
12) Product of n consecutive numbers is always divisible by n!.

Factorials
Factorial of a positive integer n denoted by n!, is the product of all positive integers less than or
equal to n. For instance .

Trailing zeros
Trailing zeros are a sequence of 0's in the decimal representation (or more generally, in any
positional representation) of a number, after which no other digits follow.125000 has 3 trailing
zeros; The number of trailing zeros in the decimal representation of n!, the factorial of a non
Negative integer , can be determined with this formula:

, where k must be chosen such that .

It's easier if you look at an example.

Example: How many zeros are in the end (after which no other digits follow) of 32!?
Solution:
(Denominator must be less than 32, 5$ = 25 is less) Hence, there are 7

zeros in the end of 32!

The formula actually counts the number of factors 5 in n!, but since there are at least as many
factors 2, this is equivalent to the number of factors 10, each of which gives one more trailing
zero.

Finding the number of powers of a prime number , in the .
The formula is :
... till

Example: What is the power of 2 in 25!?
Solution:

Unit digit

Unit is same as finding remainder by 10
Determining the last digit of :
1. Last digit of is the same as that of ;
2. Determine the cyclicity number of ;
3. Find the remainder when divided by the cyclicity;
4. When , then last digit of is the same as that of and when , then last
digit of is the same as that of , where is the cyclicity of number.
5. Integer ending with 0, 1, 5 or 6, in the integer power k > 0, has the same last digit as the base.
6. Integers ending with 2, 3, 7 and 8 have a cyclicity of 4.
7. Integers ending with 4 (e.g. ) have a cyclicity of 2. When n is odd will end
with 4 and when n is even will end with 6.
8. Integers ending with 9 (e.g. ) have a cyclicity of 2. When n is odd will end
with 9 and when n is even will end with 1.

Example: What is the last digit of ?
Solution: Last digit of is the same as that of . Now we should determine the cyclicity

of :
1 1
1. 7 =7 (last digit is 7) 2. 7 =9 (last digit is 9)
3 4
3. 7 =3 (last digit is 3) 4. 7 =1 (last digit is 1)
5
5. 7 =7 (last digit is 7 again!) and so on…..
So, the cyclicity of 7 is 4. Now divide 39 (power) by 4 (cyclicity), remainder is 3.So, the last digit
of is the same as that of the last digit of , is the same as that of the last digit of ,
which is .

Indices:
1. am × an = am + n
2. (am)n = am n
3. am /an = am – n
4. (ab)n = an bn
5. a0 = 1
1/m
6. m
a = (a )
7. If am = an then m = n
8. If am = b then a = b1/m

Basic formulae for operations on numbers

1. (a + b)2 = a2 + b2 + 2ab
2. (a – b)2 = a2 + b2 – 2ab
3. (a + b)3 = a3 + b3 + 3ab(a + b)
4. (a – b)3 = a3 – b3 – 3ab(a – b)
5. (a2 – b2) = (a + b) (a – b)
6. (a3 – b3) = (a – b) (a2 + ab + b2)
7. (a3 + b3) = (a + b) (a2 – ab + b2)
8. (a + b + c)2 = a2 + b2 + c2 + 2 (ab + bc + ca)
9. a3 + b3 + c3 – 3abc = (a + b + c) (a2 + b2 + c2 – ab – bc – ca)
10. If a + b + c = 0, then a3 + b3 + c3 = 3abc
11. (a + b)2 + (a – b)2 = 2(a2 + b2)
12. (a + b)2 – (a – b)2 = 4ab
13. (a4 – b4) = (a – b) (a + b) (a2 + b2)

Some more properties on natural numbers
Sum of 1st n Natural number i.e 1 + 2 + 3 + …. + n = {n (n + 1)} /2
Sum of squares of 1st n natural number i.e 12 + 22 + 32 + ….. + n2 ={ n(n+l)(2n+l) }/6

Sum of cubes of 1st n Natural number i.e 13 + 23 + 33 + ….. + n3 = [{n(n+I)}/2]2
Sum of squares of 1st n Odd natural number i.e 12 + 32 + 52 + ….. + (2n – 1) 2
= {n (2n -1 )(2n + I)}/3
Sum of squares of 1st n Even natural number i.e 22 + 42 + 62 + ….. + 2n2 = {2n(n+1)(2n+1)}/3
Sum of cubes of 1st n Odd natural number i.e 13 + 33 + 53 + ….. + (2n -1)3 = n2 (2n2 -1)
Sum of cubes of 1st n Even natural number i.e 23 + 43 + 63 + ….. + 2n3 = 2 [n (n + 1)]2

How many times a digit appears in a certain range (except 0)?
Let’s consider any digit (Say 2) and check how many times it appears in different ranges.
From 1 – 9, the digit 2 is used 1 time
From 1 – 99, the digit 2 is used 20 times.
From 1 – 999, the digit 2 is used 300 times
From 1 – 9999, the digit 2 is used 4000 times and so on

Some Other Properties of Numbers
Squares: There is a definite relationship between the unit digits when square of a number is
considered, we will see that one by one.
1. If unit digit of a perfect square is I then ten’s digit has to be Even (e.g. 81, 121, 441 etc)
2. If unit digit of a number is 2 then it can’t be a perfect square.
3. If unit digit of a number is 3 then it can’t be a perfect square.
4. If unit digit of a perfect square is 4 then ten’s digit has to be Even (e.g. 64,144 etc)
5. If unit digit of a perfect square is 5 then ten’s digit has to be 2 (e.g. 25, 225, 625 etc)
6. If unit digit of a perfect square is 6 then ten’s digit has to be Odd and multiple of 3.
7. If unit digit of a number is 7 & 8 then it can’t be a perfect square
8. If unit digit of a perfect square is 9 then ten’s digit has to be Even (e.g. 49, 169 etc)
9. If unit digit of a perfect square is 0 then ten’s digit has to be 0 (e.g. 100,400,900 etc)
Hence if a number end with 2, 3, 7 or 8 then it can’t be perfect square.

Solved Examples

Q1. What is the digit in the unit place of 3946252 + 734733 ?
Solution:-
3946252 + 734733
First we will find the unit digit of 3946252.
We know, the even power of 9 results in ‘1’ as its unit digit.
So, the last digit of 3946252 will be 1.
Last digit of 734733 .By dividing 33 by 4, we get 1 as a remainder.
So, the last digit of 734733 will be same as of 31 or 3.
Last digit of 3946252 + 734733 = 1 + 3 = 4

Q2. A is the smallest integer which when multiplied with 3 gives a number made of 5’s only.
Sum of the digits of A is B. Sum of the digits of B is C. What is the value of C3?
Solution:-
Smallest number made of 5’s and divisible by 3 is 555. Thus B = 5+5+5=15 and C =1+5 =6
3
So , C =216

Q3. 3762 – 2362 is divisible by:
Solution:- 3762 – 2362
xn – yn is always divisible by (x – y)
xn – yn is divisible by (x + y) when n is even.
So, 3762 – 2362 will be divisible by both (37 – 23) and (37 + 23)
So, 3762 – 2362 will be divisible by (37 – 23) × (37 + 23) = 14 × 60 = 840

Q4. Let N = 103 + 104 + 105 + 106 + 107 + 108 + 109. The sum of the digits of N is:
Solution:-Since N is written out as a sum of powers of 10, then N can be written as
1111111000, and so the sum of the digits is 7.

Q5. Let D be a decimal of the form D = 0. abcd abcd abcd…………, where digits a, b, c and d are
integers lying between 0 and 9. At most three of these digits are zero. By what number D be
multiplied so that the result is a natural number?
abcd
Solution:- D = 9999 ,
Hence, once we multiply D with 9999 we will get a natural number.

Q6. N = (11111111)2. What is the sum of the digits of N?
Solution:- 12 = 1, 112 = 121, 1112 = 12321
so, 111111112 = 123456787654321. The sum of these numbers is 64.

Q7. What is the remainder when 192319241925 is divided by 1924?
Solution:- 192319241925 = (1924–1)some oddpower = x or Remainder = (–1)x = –1
or Remainder = 1924 –1 =1923

Q8. N= 2 × 4 × 6 × 8 × 10 × ……. × 100. How many zeroes are there at the end of N?
Solution:- N = 250 × 50!. The highest power of 5 in 50! is 12, therefore there will be 12 zeroes
at the end of N.

Q9. What is the unit’s digit of 345?
Solution:-We see that last digits of the powers 31 = 3, 32 = 9, 33 = 27, 34 = 81, and then the
digits start repeating. So the last digit of 35 will be 3, 36 will be 9, 37 will be 7 and so on.
This is called cyclicity. In this case the cyclicity is 4, as the numbers start repeating after the 4th
power.
So we can find the last digits of any numbers raised to a high power. Since we have to find 345,
we divide 45 by 4 and we get the remainder as 1. Hence the last digit of 345 will be same as 31,
or 3. The numbers 2, 3, 7 and 8 have cyclicity 4

Q10. What is the last digit of 723 x 813?
Solution:-Divide 23 by 4, we get remainder 3. Hence last digit of 723 will be same as 73 or 3.
Divide 13 by 4, we get remainder as 1; hence last digit of 813 is same as 81 or 8.
So the last digit of the product is 3 × 8 = 24, or 4

Q11. A man has a certain number of mangoes. He sells half of what he had and one more to A,
half of the remainder and one more to B, half of the remainder and one more to C, half of the
remainder and one more to D. Then he has only 1 left. How many did he have at the beginning?
Solution:- In such sums, it is advisable to start from the back (try not to use x and form an
equation, because you have four steps to solve). Before D, he had (1+1) x 2 = 4. Before C he had
(4+1) x 2 = 10. Before B he had (10+1) x 2 = 22 and before A he had (22+1) x 2 =46.

Q12.What is the minimum number by which I should divide 1250 so that I get a perfect square?
Solution: 1250 = 625 × 2 = 25 × 25 × 2 = 252 × 2
Therefore to get perfect square we should divide by 2. Hence, to get a perfect square you can
also multiply by 2.

Q13.What is the rightmost non-zero digit of the number 302720?
Solution: As the given number is a multiple of 10, the last 2720 digits will be 0s.
The right most non-zero digit of the number will be the unit digit of the number 32720.
The unit digit of the powers of “3” follows a cyclicity of "4" In 32720 as 2720 is a multiple of "4",
the number will have the same units digit as 34 which is "1".
Hence, the rightmost non-zero digit of the number is "1".

Q14.When 13911 + 3 is divided by 12, what would be the remainder?
Solution: When 13 is divided by 12 the remainder is 1 → any power of 13 will always give
1 as the remainder. But we add 3, so the remainder will be 4

Q15. 232 + 233 + 234 + 235 is divisible by
Solution: Take 232 common → 232 (1 + 2 + 4 + 8) → 232(15). Thus the number is divisible by 15.

Q16. What is the least number that must be subtracted from 2000 to get a number which is
exactly divisible by 17?
Solution: On dividing 2000 by 17, we get 11 as remainder. So, required number is 11.

Q17. What is the least number that must be added to 3000 to obtain a number exactly divisible
by 19?
Solution: On dividing 3000 by 19, we get 17 as remainder So, number to be added = 19 – 17 = 2

Q18. If the positive integer x leaves a remainder of 2 when divided by 8, what will the
remainder be when x + 9 is divided by 8?
Solution: The easiest way to get the answer here is to pick numbers. Pick a number for x that
has a remainder of 2 when divided by 8, such as 10. Increase the number you picked by 9. In
this case,10 + 9 = 19. Now divide 19 by 8, which gives a remainder 3.

Q19. 230 + 230 + 230 + 230 =
30 30 2 30+ 2
Solution: 230 + 230 + 230 + 230 = 2 × 4 = 2 × 2 = 2 = 232

Q20. A number is as much greater than 36 as is less than 86. Find the number.
Solution: Let the number be x. Then, x – 36 = 86 – x OR 2x = 86 + 36 = 122 OR x = 61. Hence, the
required number is 61.

Q21. Find a number such that when 15 is subtracted from 7 times the number, the
Result is 10 more than twice the number.
Solution: Let the number be x. Then, 7x - 15 = 2x + 10 or 5x = 25 or x = 5.
Hence, the required number is 5.

Q22. The sum of a rational number and its reciprocal is 13/6. Find the number.
Solution: Let the number be x.
Then, x + (1/x) = 13/6 OR (x2 + 1)/x = 13/6 OR 6x2 – 13x + 6 = 0
OR 6x2 – 9x – 4x + 6 = 0 OR (3x – 2) (2x – 3) = 0
It means x = 2/3 or x = 3/2
Hence the required number is 2/3 or 3/2.

Q23. The sum of two numbers is 184. If one-third of the one exceeds one-seventh of the other
by 8, find the smaller number.
Solution: Let the numbers be x and (184 - x). Then,
(x/3) - ((184 – x)/7) = 8 OR 7x – 3(184 – x) = 168 OR 10x = 720 => x = 72.
So, the numbers are 72 and 112. Hence, smaller number = 72.

Q24. The difference of two numbers is 11 and one-fifth of their sum is 9. Find the numbers.
Solution: Let the number be x and y. Then,
x – y = 11 ----(i) and 1/5 (x + y) = 9 OR x + y = 45 ----(ii)
Adding (i) and (ii), we get: 2x = 56 or x = 28. Putting x = 28 in (i), we get: y = 17.
Hence, the numbers are 28 and 17.

Q25. If the sum of two numbers is 42 and their product is 437, then find the absolute difference
between the numbers. (S.S.C. 2003)
Solution: Let the numbers be x and y. Then, x + y = 42 and xy = 437
x - y = [(𝑥 + 𝑦)$ − 4𝑥𝑦] = [(42)$ − 4×437] = [1764 – 1748] = [16] = 4.

Required difference = 4.

Q26. The sum of two numbers is 16 and the sum of their squares is 113. Find the numbers.
Solution: Let the numbers be x and (15 - x).
Then, x2 + (15 - x)2 = 113 OR x2 + 225 + x2 - 30x = 113
OR 2x2 - 30x + 112 = 0 or x2 - 15x + 56 = 0
OR (x - 7) (x - 8) = 0 or x = 7 or x = 8.
So, the numbers are 7 and 8.

Q27. The average of four consecutive even numbers is 27. Find the largest of these numbers.
Solution: Let the four consecutive even numbers be x, x + 2, x + 4 and x + 6.
Then, sum of these numbers = (27 × 4) = 108.
So, x + (x + 2) + (x + 4) + (x + 6) = 108 or 4x = 96 or x = 24.
:. Largest number = (x + 6) = 30.

Q28. The sum of the squares of three consecutive odd numbers is 2531.Find the numbers.
Solution: Let the numbers be x, x + 2 and x + 4.
Then, x2 + (x + 2)2 + (x + 4)2 = 2531 => 3x2 + 12x - 2511 = 0
=> x2 + 4x - 837 = 0 => (x - 27) (x + 31) = 0 => x = 27.
Hence, the required numbers are 27, 29 and 31.

Q29. Of two numbers, 4 times the smaller one is less than 3 times the 1arger one by 5. If the
sum of the numbers is larger than 6 times their difference by 6, find the two numbers.
Solution: Let the numbers be x and y, such that x > y
Then, 3x - 4y = 5 ...(i) and (x + y) - 6 (x - y) = 6 OR -5x + 7y = 6 …(ii)
Solving (i) and (ii), we get: x = 59 and y = 43.
Hence, the required numbers are 59 and 43.

Q30. The ratio between a two-digit number and the sum of the digits of that number is 4 : 1.If
the digit in the unit's place is 3 more than the digit in the ten's place, what is the number?
Solution: Let the ten's digit be x. Then, unit's digit = (x + 3).
Sum of the digits = x + (x + 3) = 2x + 3. Number = l0x + (x + 3) = 11x + 3.
11x+3 / 2x + 3 = 4 / 1 OR 1lx + 3 = 4 (2x + 3) OR 3x = 9 => x = 3.
Hence, required number = 11x + 3 = 36.

Q31. A number consists of two digits. The sum of the digits is 9. If 63 is subtracted from the
number, its digits are interchanged. Find the number.
Solution: Let the ten's digit be x. Then, unit's digit = (9 - x).

Number = l0x + (9 - x) = 9x + 9.
Number obtained by reversing the digits = 10 (9 - x) + x = 90 - 9x.
therefore, (9x + 9) - 63 = 90 - 9x OR 18x = 144 => x = 8.
So, ten's digit = 8 and unit's digit = 1.
Hence, the required number is 81.

Q32. A fraction becomes 2/3 when 1 is added to both, its numerator and denominator. and ,it
becomes 1/2 when 1 is subtracted from both the numerator and denominator. Find the
fraction.
Solution: Let the required fraction be x/y. Then,
x+1 / y+1 = 2 / 3 => 3x – 2y = - 1 …(i) and,
x – 1 / y – 1 = 1 / 2 or 2x – y = 1 …(ii)
Solving (i) and (ii), we get : x = 3 , y = 5
therefore, Required fraction= 3 / 5.

Q33. 50 is divided into two parts such that the sum of their reciprocals is 1/ 12.Find the two
Parts.
Solution: Let the two parts be x and (50 - x).
K K (%M – O P O)
Then, + = 1 / 12 or = 1 / 12
L %MNL L(%MNL)
or x2 – 50x + 600 = 0 or (x – 30) (x – 20) = 0 or x = 30 or x = 20.
So, the parts are 30 and 20.

Q34. If three numbers are added in pairs, the sums equal 10, 19 and 21. Find the numbers.
Solution: Let the numbers be x, y and z. Then,
x+ y = 10 ...(i)
y + z = 19 ...(ii)
x + z = 21 …(iii)
Adding (i) ,(ii) and (iii), we get: 2 (x + y + z ) = 50 or (x + y + z) = 25.
Thus, x = (25 - 19) = 6; y = (25 - 21) = 4; z = (25 - 10) = 15.
Hence, the required numbers are 6, 4 and 15.

Q35. What is the least number by which 825 must be multiplied in order to produce a multiple
of 715?
Solution: 825 = 3 5 5 11
715 = 5 11 13.
In 825, 13 is missing. Rest all the factors of 715 are present in 825

Q36. (i) If X381 is divisible by 11, find the value of smallest natural number X.
(ii) If 381Y is divisible by 9, find the value of smallest natural number Y.
Solution: (i) X381 is divisible by 11. Hence, the divisibility rule for 11 must be satisfied
i.e. (X + 8) – (3 + 1) = 0 or a multiple of 11 i.e. X + 4 = 11 X = 7
(ii) 381Y is divisible by 9. Hence, the divisibility rule for 9 must be satisfied
i.e. (3 + 8 + 1 + Y) must be divisible by 9 i.e. (12 + Y) = 18 Y = 6

Q37. Which of these is true?
A. 3 3 is not a rational number.
B. If ‘a’ is rational number and ‘n’ is an integer > 1, then an is a rational number.
C. 7 is not the cube of a rational number.
Solution: Recall that rational numbers are those that can be expressed as ratios
i.e., as a/b (b ‡ 0). 3 is irrational. If ‘a’ is rational number, a2, a3 … will be rational. Cube root of
7 is irrational. Hence all the statements are true

Q38. What is the smallest number must 34300 be multiplied with, to make it a perfect square?
Solution: 34300 = 7 7 7 5 5 2 2 = 73 52 22.
We can make perfect square only if we have even power of all the prime numbers
Now we have even power of 5 and 2 but we have 3 powers of 7 next even number after 3 is 4
So , to make the power 4 of 7 we have to multiply number with one more 7
So , answer is 7

Q39. If y is a positive non-zero integer, find the largest number using three y’s and no
operational sign:
R
a.yyy b.yyy c.(yy)y d. 𝑦 Q
Solution: Consider any positive non zero integer, say , y = 3. Now try all the given options, you
S
will find that 3& = 327 is the largest number

Q40. The number 6n2 + 6n for natural n is always divisible by
a.6 only b.6 and 12 c.12 only d.18 only e.24 only
Solution: The above expression contains a 6, it is always divisible by 6. Also, n (n + 1) is divisible
by 2. Hence, 6n (n + 1) is also divisible by 6 2 = 12. The correct answer is 12 and 6

Exercise

Q1. If n is a positive integer, then the remainder when is divided by 7 is
a)3 b)0 c)5 d) 6 e) None of these

Q2. If a, a+2, and a+4 are prime numbers, then the number of possible solutions for a is:
a)1 b)2 c)3 d) none e) None of these

Q3. In a division sum, the divisor is 12 times the quotient and 5 times the remainder. if the
remainder is 48, then dividend is ?
a) 4844 b)4488 c)4848 d) 4424 e) None of these

Q4.What is the value of * in the number 17*24 so that it will be exactly divisible by 11?
a)5 b)4 c)3 d)2 e) None of these

Q5.What is the least number which is a perfect square but contains 847 as its factor?
a) 5929 b)5595 c) 9595 d) 5599 e)5549

Q6. If N is an even integer, Which of the following is an odd integer?
a) N +2 b) 3N – 3 c) 2N(N) – 2N d)N(N)+N+2 e) None of these

Q7. x is odd while y is even. Which of these is odd (assume these are all integers)?
a) xy b) xy +y c) (x+x)(y+y) d) y/x e) x+y

Q8. What will be the remainder if 765432876543218 is divided by 9?
a)0 b) 8 c) 4 d) 7 e) 6

Q9. What’s value for 267494 × 9999?
a)2674682506 b)2674672506 c)2674672509 d)2675672509
e) None of these

Q10. What is the highest power of 7 in 5000!? (5000! means factorial
5000×4999×4998……×2×1)

Q11. What is the total number of different divisors including 1 and the number that can divide
the number 6400?

Q12. A certain number when successfully divided by 8 and 11 leaves remainders of 3 and 7
respectively. What will be remainder when the number is divided by the product of 8 and 11,
viz 88?

Q13. What is the reminder when 91 + 92 + 93 + ...... + 99 is divided by 6?

Q14. How many times will the digit '0' appear between 1 and 1000?
a. 192 b. 292 c. 193 d.191 e. None of these

Q15. What is the total number of different divisors of the number 7200?
a.20 b.4 c.54 d.32 e. None of these

Q16. The positive integer nearest to 1000 & divisible by 2, 3, 4, 5& 6 is
(a) 1020 (b) 1040 (c) 960 (d) 1030 (e) None of these

Q17. If the operation, ^ is defined by the equation x ^ y = 2x + y, what is the value of a in
2 ^ a = a ^ 3
(a) 0 (b) 1 (c) -1 (d) 4 (e) None of these

Q18. When a number is divided by 36, it leaves a remainder of 19. What will be the remainder
when the number is divided by 12?

Q19. The number which is formed by writing any digit 6 times (e.g.111111, 444444, etc.) is
divisible by
(a) 7 (b) 11 (c) 13 (d) All of these (e) None of these

Q20. How many times does digit 6 appear when you count from 11 to 100?

Q21. Convert 2.52145145145…. into a rational expression.
25398 25893 25139 251893
a. 9990 b. 9900 c. 9900 d. 99900 e. None of these

Q22. Rahul writes first hundred whole numbers. How many times does he write zero? Also find
out how many times will number ‘9’ occur in the set of first hundred whole numbers?
a. 12, 19 b. 10, 20 c. 11, 19 d. 12, 20 e. None of these

Q23. Which of following numbers is exactly divisible by 99?

Q24. Find the total number of factors of a number N = 123×132×14

Q25. Which of following numbers is not a prime number?
a.71 b. 11 c. 119 d. 41 e. None of these

Q26. Let P be the set of even integers ‘a’ such that 125 ≤ a ≤ 275, ‘a’ is divisible by 7 but not by
11. How many elements does ‘P’ contain?
a.12 b.11 c.10 d.9 e. None of these

Q27. Find the least number which when divided by 6, 7, 8, 9,10 leaves remainder 1.

Q28. Two numbers, x and y , are such that when divided by 6, they leave remainders 4 and 5
respectively Find the remainder when (X2 + Y2) is divided by 6.
a. 2 b. 3 c. 4 d.5 e. None of these

Q29. P is a prime number greater than 5. What is the remainder when P is divided by 6?
a. 5 b.1 c.1 or 5 d. 4 e. None of these

71
Q30. What is the unit digit of 317 ?
a. 1 b.7 c.3 d.9 e. None of these

Q31. A number when divided by a divisor leaves a remainder of 24. When twice the original
number is divided by the same divisor, the remainder is 11. What is the value of the divisor?
a.13 b. 59 c.35 d. 37 e. None of these

Q32. What is the remainder when 9875347 × 7435789 × 5789743 is divided by 7?
a. 3 b. 5 c.4 d.2 e. None of these

781 781 781 781
Q33. What is the unit digit of 1 + 2 + 3 + ....... + 9 ?

Q34. A number when divided by 5 and 7 successively leaves remainders 2 and 4 respectively.
Find the remainder when same number is divided by 35.

Q35. Which is the second smallest multiple of 7 that leaves a remainder of 9 when divided by
19?

147
29
Q36. What will be the unit digit of 13 ?

3430
Q37. What is the rightmost non-zero digit of the number 770 ?

Q38. Which of the following has most number of divisors?

Q39. If each of the three nonzero numbers a , b , and c is divisible by 3, then abc must be
divisible by which one of the following the numbers?

Q40. If we write down all the natural numbers from 259 to 492 side by side get a very large
natural number 259260261....491492. How many 8's will be used to write this large natural
number


Q42. What is the value of M and N respectively if M39048458N is divisible by 8 and 11, where
M and N are single digit integers?
a. 7,8 b. 8,6 c. 6,4 d. 5,4 e. None of these

Q43. If n is a positive integer, which one of the following numbers must have a remainder of 3
when divided by any of the numbers 4, 5, and 6?
a. 30n + 3 b. 90n + 3 c. 60n + 2 d. 60n + 3 e. None of these

Q44. A certain number when divided by 222 leaves a remainder 35, another number when
divided by 407 leaves a remainder 47. What is the remainder when the sum of these two
numbers is divided by 37?

Q45. Find the remainder when 231 is divided by 5

Q46. If N=23×34 , M= 22×3×5, then find the number of factors of N that are common with the
factors of M.

Q47. HCF of two numbers is 2 and LCM is 42840. How many pairs of these 2 numbers are
possible?

Q48. Find the remainder when 289 is divided by 89?

Q49. How many natural numbers below 660 are divisible by 5 and 11 but not by 3?

Q50. What is the remainder when 91 + 92 + 93 +....+ 98 is divided by 6?

Q51. What is the unit's digit of the number 747 - 347

Q52. P =1234567891011.............9989991000. find the remainder when P is divided by 16

Q53. The remainder when m + n is divided by 12 is 8, and the remainder when m – n is divided
by 12 is 6. If m > n, then what is the remainder when mn divided by 6?

$
Q54. If 0.0ababab…. = , find ab.
%%

Q55. Some birds were settled on the branches of a tree. First, they sat one to a branch and
there was one bird left. Next they sat two to a branch and there was one branch left. How many
branches were there?

Q56. The number 23x4534x01 is divisible by 11, how many values of x can be substituted?

Q57. Suppose x and y are the digits for which x01y is divisible by both 8 and 9. What is the sum
of x and y?

Q58. If the number 774958A97B is to be divisible by 72, what are the respective values of A and
B?
a. 7 and 8 b. 1 and 6 c. 5 and 8 d. 0 and 6 e. None of these

Q59. A number when divided by 195 leaves remainder 47. If the same number is divided by 15,
then the remainder will be

Q60. The difference between a three digit number and a number formed by reversing the order
of digits is always divisible by
a. 3 only b. 9 only c. 11 only d. 9 and 11 e. None of these

Q61. Seema weighs 5/9 of her weight plus 20 kg. What is the actual weight of Seema?
a. 36 kg b. 72 kg c. 27 kg d. 45 kg e. None of these

Q62. A number consists of three consecutive digits, the one in units place being the greatest of
the three. The number formed by reversing the digits exceeds the original number by 22 times
the sum of the digits. Find the number.


Q63. Ram and Shyam each had got several numbers of pens. Total number of pens they had,
were such that on attempting to distribute them among five students, they had two left. When
they distributed them among 3 and 12, they again had two left each time. But when they
distributed the pens among 7 students, they had none left. If they had pens in the ratio of
7:6, What is the number of pens did Ram and Shyam had?
a. 91, 78 b. 98, 84 c. 35, 30 d. 84, 98 e. None of these

Q64. Find the remainder when 763 is divided by 342.

Q65. Find the remainder obtained when 76203 + 21203 is divided by 97.

Q 66. How many zeros are there at the end of the product
33 × 175 × 180 × 12 × 44 × 80 × 66?

Q67. Find the no. of zeros in 752!.

Q68. A positive integer which when added to 999 gives a sum which is greater than when it is
multiplied by 999. Which of the following could be the value of the positive integer?

Q69. What is the total number of prime number’s less than 100?

Q70. If 43p is divisible by 3, then what is the largest value p can take?

Q71. If the number 6pq5 is divisible by both 3 and 5, which of the following digits can replace p
and q?
a. 9,7 b. 7,9 c. 6,5 d. both (a) and (b) e. None of these

Q72. There are four prime numbers written in ascending order. The product of the first three is
1001 and that of the last three is 2431. Find the first prime number
a. 6 b. 9 c.7 d. 5 e. None of these

Q73. What is the remainder when 152×698 is divided by 5


Q75. By what least number 250 must be multiplied to get a multiple of 15

Answers

1. B 2. A 3. C 4. B 5. A 6. B 7. E 8. B 9. B 10. C
11. B 12. C 13. B 14. D 15. C 16. A 17. B 18. B 19. E 20. B
21. D 22. B 23. D 24. B 25. C 26. B 27. B 28. D 29. C 30. C
31. D 32. A 33. A 34. C 35. D 36. D 37. C 38. C 39. A 40. D
41. C 42. C 43. D 44. A 45. C 46. B 47. B 48. B 49. A 50. C
51. B 52. C 53. A 54. B 55. A 56. D 57. D 58. B 59. B 60. D
61. D 62. D 63. B 64. B 65. D 66. B 67. B 68. B 69. C 70. D
71. A 72. C 73. B 74. A 75. A

HCF and LCM

What is highest common factor (HCF) and least common multiple (LCM)? How do you calculate
HCF and LCM of two or more numbers? Are you looking for problems on HCF and LCM? This
chapter will answer all these questions.

HIGHEST COMMON FACTOR (HCF)
The largest number that divides two or more given numbers is called the highest
common factor (HCF) of those numbers. There are two methods to find HCF of the given
numbers:

Prime Factorization Method- When a number is written as the product of prime numbers, the
factorization is called the prime factorization of that number. For example, 72 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 3 × 3
= 23 × 32
To find the HCF of given numbers by this method, we perform the prime factorization of all the
numbers and then check for the common prime factors. For every prime factor common to all
the numbers, we choose the least index of that prime factor among the given number. The HCF
is product of all such prime factors with their respective least
Indices.

Example:- Find the HCF of 72, 288, and 1080
Solution: 72 = 23 × 32,
288 = 25 × 32,
1080 = 23 × 33 × 5
The prime factors common to all the numbers are 2 and 3. The lowest indices of 2 and 3 in the
given numbers are 3 and 2 respectively.
Hence, HCF = 23 × 32 = 72.

Example:- Find the HCF of 36x3y2 and 24x4y.
Solution: 36x3y2 = 22 × 32 × x3 × y2
24x4y = 23 × 3 × x4 × y.
The least index of 2, 3, x and y in the numbers are 2, 1, 3 and 1 respectively.
Hence the HCF = 22 × 3 × x2 × y = 12x2y.

Long division method- To find HCF of two numbers by division method, we divide the higher
number by the lower number. Then we divide the lower number by the first remainder, the first
remainder by the second remainder... and so on, till the remainder is 0. The last divisor is the
required HCF.

Example:- Find the HCF of 288 and 1080 by the division method.
Solution:

Hence, the last divisor 72 is the HCF of 288 and 1080.

CONCEPT OF CO-PRIME NUMBERS: Two numbers are co-prime to each other if they have no
common factor except 1. For example, 15 and 32, 16 and 5, 8 and 27 are the pairs of co-prime
numbers. If the HCF of two numbers N1 and N2 be H, then, the numbers left after dividing
N1 and N2 by H are co-prime to each other.
Therefore, if the HCF of two numbers be A, the numbers can be written as Ax and Ay, where x
and y will be co-prime to each other.

SOLVED PROBLEMS ON HCF
Q1. Three company of soldiers containing 120, 192, and 144 soldiers are to be broken down
into smaller groups such that each group contains soldiers from one company only and all the
groups have equal number of soldiers. What is the least number of total groups formed?
Solution: The least number of groups will be formed when each group has number of soldiers
equal to the HCF. The HCF of 120, 192 and 144 is 24. Therefore, the numbers of groups formed
for the three companies will be 5, 8, and 6, respectively. Therefore, the least number of total
groups formed = 5 + 8 + 6 = 19.

Q2. The numbers 2604, 1020 and 4812 when divided by a number N give the same remainder
of 12. Find the highest such number N.
Solution: Since all the numbers give a remainder of 12 when divided by N, hence
(2604 - 12), (1020 - 12) and (4812 - 12) are all divisible by N. Hence, N is the HCF of 2592, 1008
and 4800. Now 2592 = 25 × 34, 1008 = 24 × 32× 7 and 4800 = 26 × 3 × 52. Hence, the number N =
HCF = 24 × 3 = 48.

Q3. The numbers 400, 536 and 645, when divided by a number N, give the remainders of 22, 23
and 24 respectively. Find the greatest such number N.
Solution: N will be the HCF of (400 - 22), (536 - 23) and (645 - 24). Hence, N will be the HCF of
378, 513 and 621. --> N = 27.

Q4. The HCF of two numbers is 12 and their sum is 288. How many pairs of such numbers are
possible?
Solution: If the HCF if 12, the numbers can be written as 12x and 12y, where x and y are co-
prime to each other. Therefore, 12x + 12y = 288 --> x + y = 24.
The pair of numbers that are co-prime to each other and sum up to 24 are (1, 23), (5, 19), (7,

17) and (11, 13). Hence, only four pairs of such numbers are possible. The numbers are (12,
276), (60, 228), (84, 204) and (132, 156).

Q5. The HCF of two numbers is 12 and their product is 31104. How many such numbers are
possible?
Solution: Let the numbers be 12x and 12y, where x and y are co-prime to each other.
Therefore, 12x × 12y = 31104 --> xy = 216. Now we need to find co-prime pairs whose product
is 216.
216 = 23 × 33. Therefore, the co-prime pairs will be (1, 216) and (8, 27). Therefore, only two such
numbers are possible.

LEAST COMMON MULTIPLE (LCM)
The least common multiple (LCM) of two or more numbers is the lowest number which is
divisible by all the given numbers.
To calculate the LCM of two or more numbers, we use the following two methods:

Prime Factorization Method: After performing the prime factorization of the numbers, i.e.
breaking the numbers into product of prime numbers, we find the highest index, among the
given numbers, of all the prime numbers. The LCM is the product of all these prime numbers
with their respective highest indices.

Example:- Find the LCM of 72, 288 and 1080.
Solution: 72 = 23 × 32, 288 = 25 × 32, 1080 = 23 × 33 × 5
The prime numbers present are 2, 3 and 5. The highest indices (powers) of 2, 3 and 5 are 5, 3
and 1, respectively.
Hence the LCM = 25 × 33 × 5 = 4320.

Example:- Find the LCM of 36x3y2 and 24x4y.
Solution: 36x3y2 = 22 × 32 × x3 × y2 24x4y = 23 × 3 × x4 × y.
The highest indices of 2, 3, x and y are 3, 2, 4 and 2 respectively.
Hence, the LCM = 23 × 32 × x4 × y2 = 72x4y2.

Division Method: To find the LCM of 72, 196 and 240, we use the division method in the
following way:

L.C.M. of the given numbers = product of divisors and the remaining numbers
= 2 × 2 × 2 × 3 × 3 × 10 × 49 = 72 × 10 × 49 = 35280.

SOLVED PROBLEMS ON LCM
Example:- Find the highest four-digit number that is divisible by each of the numbers 24, 36, 45

and 60.
Solution: 24 = 23 × 3, 36 = 22 × 32, 45 = 32 × 5 and 60 = 23 × 32 × 5.
Hence, the LCM of 24, 36, 45 and 60 = 23 × 32 × 5 = 360.
The highest four-digit number is 9999. 9999 when divided by 360 gives the remainder 279.
Hence, the number (9999 - 279 = 9720) will be divisible by 360.
Hence the highest four-digit number divisible by 24, 36, 45 and 60 = 9720.

Example:- Find the highest number less than 1800 that is divisible by each of the numbers 2, 3,
4, 5, 6 and 7.
Solution: The LCM of 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7 is 420. Hence 420, and every multiple of 420, is divisible
by each of these numbers. Hence, the number 420, 840, 1260, and 1680 are all divisible by each
of these numbers. We can see that 1680 is the highest number less than 1800 which is multiple
of 420.
Hence, the highest number divisible by each one of 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7, and less than 1800 is
1680.

Example:- Find the lowest number which gives a remainder of 5 when divided by any of the
numbers 6, 7, and 8.
Solution: The LCM of 6, 7 and 8 is 168. Hence, 168 is divisible by 6, 7 and 8. Therefore, 168 + 5 =
173 will give a remainder of 5 when divided by these numbers.

Example:- What is the smallest number which when divided by 9, 18, 24 leaves a remainder of
5, 14 and 20 respectively?
Solution: The common difference between the divisor and the remainder is 4 (9 - 5 = 4, 18 - 14
= 4, 24 - 20 = 4). Now the LCM of 9, 18, and 24 is 72.
Now 72 - 4 = 72 - 9 + 5 = 72 - 18 + 14 = 72 - 24 + 20. Therefore, if we subtract 4 from 72, the
resulting number will give remainders of 5, 14, and 20 with 9, 18, and 24.
Hence, the number = 72 - 4 = 68.

Example:- A number when divided by 3, 4, 5, and 6 always leaves a remainder of 2, but leaves
no remainder when divided by 7. What is the lowest such number possible?
Solution: the LCM of 3, 4, 5 and 6 is 60. Therefore, the number is of the form 60k + 2, i.e. 62,
122, 182, 242 etc. We can see that 182 is divisible by 7. Therefore, the lowest such number
possible = 182.

PROPERTIES OF HCF AND LCM
1) The HCF of two or more numbers is smaller than or equal to the smallest of those
numbers.

2) The LCM of two or more numbers is greater than or equal to the largest of those numbers
3) If numbers N1, N2, N3, N4 etc. give remainders R1, R2, R3, R4, respectively, when divided by
the same number P, then P is the HCF of (N1 - R1), (N2 - R2), (N3 - R3), (N4 - R4) etc.
4) If the HCF of numbers N1, N2, N3 ... is H, then N1, N2, N3... can be written as multiples of H (Hx,
Hy, Hz.. ). Since the HCF divides all the numbers, every number will be a multiple of the HCF.
5) If the HCF of two numbers N1 and N2 is H, then, the numbers (N1 + N2) and (N1 - N2) are also
divisible by H. Let N1 = Hx and N2 = Hy, since the numbers will be multiples of H. Then, N1 + N2 =
Hx + Hy = H(x + y), and N1 - N2 = Hx - Hy = H(x - y). Hence both the sum and differences of the
two numbers are divisible by the HCF.
6) If numbers N1, N2, N3, N4 etc. give an equal remainder when divided by the same number P,
then P is a factor of (N1 - N2), (N2 - N3), (N3 - N4)...
7) If L is the LCM of N1, N2, N3, N4.. all the multiples of L are divisible by these numbers.
8) If a number P always leaves a remainder R when divided by the numbers N1, N2, N3, N4 etc.,
then P = LCM (or a multiple of LCM) of N1, N2, N3, N4.. + R.

LCM and HCF of fractions

TUV WX YZ[\]^_W]`
HCF of fractions =
aUb WX c\YW[dY^_W]`

aUb WX YZ[\]^_W]`
LCM of fractions =
TUV WX c\YW[dY^_W]`

$% &%
Example:- Find the LCM and HCF of &
K$ Ke
Solution:
aUb WX $% & &% Kg%
LCM = =
TUV WX K$ & Ke h

TUV WX $% & &% %
HCF = =
aUb WX K$ & Ke &h

Usage of HCF and LCM:

I. Least number leaving remainder ‘r’ in each case when divided by x, y and z.
Thus, least number leaving remainder ‘r’ in each case when divided by
‘x’, ‘y’ and ‘z’ = (LCM of x, y, z) + r
The series of such numbers will be (LCM of x, y, z) × n + r

Example :- Find the least number which when divided by 5, 6 and 7 leaves a remainder 3 in
each case?
Solution: The smallest number which, when divided by 5, 6 and 7, leaves remainder 3 in
each case is LCM (5, 6, 7) = 210 +3 =213

II. Least number leaving remainder (x-a), (y-a) and (z-a) when divided by x, y and z
respectively.

Thus, least number leaving remainder (x-a), (y-a) and (z-a) when divided by x, y and z
respectively = (LCM of x, y, z) – a.
The series of such numbers will be (LCM of x, y and z) × n – a.

Example :- Find the smallest number which when divided by 4, 5 and 6 leaves remainder
2, 3 and 4?
Solution: Here, we can see that (divisor – remainder) =a, is same for all divisors, in this case a
=2. HCF of 4, 5 and 6 is 60 so least number is LCM – a = 60 – 2 =58

III. To find the largest measure that measures x, y and z exactly.
Example :- A rectangular piece of cloth has dimension 18m × 8m. What is least number of equal
squares that can be cut out of this cloth such that no cloth is wasted?
Solution: HCF (18, 8) = 2 So, minimum number of square that can be cut out of this piece = 18×
8/2 ×2 = 36

Example :- In a school 437 boys and 342 girls have been divided into classes, so that each class
has the same number of students and no class has boys and girls mixed. What is the least
number of classes needed?
Solution: We should have maximum number of students in a class. So, we have to find the HCF
(437, 342) = 19 HCF is also factor of difference of the numbers
i&g &i$
So, number of classes = + = 23+ 18 = 41 classes
Kj Kj

Example :- The ratio between two numbers is 3 : 4. If their LCM is 192, what is the difference
between the squares of the numbers?
Solution: Let the two numbers be 3x and 4x. Therefore, the LCM of these two numbers will be 3
× 4 × x = 12x. We know that the LCM of these two numbers is 192.
Equating, we get 12x = 192 or x = 16.
Hence, the two numbers are 3×16 and 4 × 16. i.e., 48 and 64 We have to find out the difference
between the squares of the numbers
= 642 - 482 = (64 + 48) × (64 - 18) = 112 × 16 = 1792

Rapid Information List
S. Type of problem Approach to the problem

No
1. Find the GREATEST NUMBER that Required number = HCF of given numbers
will exactly divide given numbers. (greatest divisor)
2. Find the GREATEST NUMBER that Required number (greatest divisor)
will exactly divide x, y and z leaving = HCF of (x-a), (y-b) and (z-c)
remainders a, b and c respectively.
3. Find the LEAST NUMBER which is Required number
exactly divisible by x, y and y = LCM of x, y and z (least dividend)

4. Find the LEAST NUMBER which It is always observed that

when divided by x, y and z leaves (x-a) = (y-b) = (z-c) = k (say)
the remainders a, b and c ∵ Required number
respectively. = (LCM of x, y and z) - k
5. Find the LEAST NUMBER which Required number
when divided by x, y and z leaves = (LCM of x, y and z) + r
the same remainder ‘r’ in each
case.
6. Find the GREATEST NUMBER that Required number
will exactly divide x, y and z leaves = HCF of (x-a), (y-b) and (z-c)
same remainder in each case.
7.
Find the HCF of HCF of fractions =
8.
Find the LCM of LCM of fractions =
9. Find the HCF of decimal numbers Step 1. Find HCF of given numbers
without decimals
Step 2. In the HCF make decimal
point from right to left according to
the maximum decimal places among
the given numbers.
10. Find the LCM of decimal numbers Step 1. Find LCM of given numbers
without decimals
Step 2. In the HCF make decimal
point from right to left according to
the maximum decimal places among
the given numbers.

Student often get confused what to find in question HCF or LCM
Whenever you see just DIVIDE or DIVIDES in question it means you need to find HCF
And whenever you see DIVIDED BY or DIVISIBLE BY it means you need to find LCM

Solved Examples:

Ex. 1. Find the LCM of 70 and 90
[LIC 2005]
Solution:
To find LCM:

LCM =

Ex. 2. Find the HCF of 22, 54, 108, 135, and 198
[Bank Clerk 2000]
Solution:
(i) To find HCF:

Common factor is 1. So, HCF is 1

Ex. 3. Find the HCF of 24 × 32 × 53 × 7, 23 × 33 × 52 × 72 and 3 × 5 × 7 × 11.
[CDS 2002]
Solution:
Let x = 24 × 32 × 53 × 7
y = 23 × 33 × 52 × 72
z = 3 × 5 × 7 × 11
Common factors of x, y and z are 3, 5, 7.
∴ Highest Common factor = 3 × 5 × 7 = 105

Ex. 4. Find the LCM of , and
[Asst. Grade 2005]
Solution:
We know that
LCM of fractions =
To find LCM of fractions
LCM =
LCM of (4, 5, 7)

LCM = 2 × 2 × 5 × 7 = 140
HCF of (5, 6, 15)
5 = 5 × 1
6 = 2 × 3 × 1
15 = 3 × 5 × 1
HCF of (5, 6, 15) = 1
LCM = = 140

Ex. 5. Find the HCF of , and
[Asst. Grade 2004]
Solution:
We know that
HCF of fractions =
Here,
HCF =

HCF of (4, 10, 20)
4 = 2 × 2
10 = 2 × 5
20 = 2 × 2 × 5
∴ HCF = 2
LCM of (9, 21, 63)
LCM = 7 × 3 × 3 = 63
∴ HCF =

Ex. 6. Find the LCM of 0.24, 1.2 and 6
[SSC Grad, 2007]
Solution:
LCM of 0.24, 1.2 and 6
Make the same number of decimal places in all the given numbers by suffixing zeroes if
necessary and then find the HCF/LCM without decimal point.

Put the decimal point in the HCF/LCM results leaving as many digits on its right as there are in
each of the numbers. The given numbers can be written as 1.20, 0.24, and 6.00 Now ignoring
the decimals we find LCM of 120, 24, and 600
∴ LCM = 2 × 2 × 2 × 3 × 5 × 5 = 120 × 5 = 600
Thus, required LCM = 600 i.e., 6.

Ex. 7. Find the HCF and LCM of 0.72, 0.36 and 0.45
[SBI PO 2003]
Solution:
The given number can be written as 0.72, 3.6 and 0.45 Now ignoring number can be written as
72, 360 and 45

(i) To find HCF
∴ HCF of (0.72, 3.6 and 0.45) is 9
The required HCF is 0.09

(ii) To find LCM
∴ LCM = 9 × 8 × 5 =360

Thus, required LCM is 3.6

Ex. 8. The HCF and LCM of two numbers are 63 and 1260 respectively. If one of the two
numbers is 315, find the other number.
[SSC Grad, 2000]
Solution:
We know that
Given that, HCF = 63; LCM = 1260
One number (x) = 315

y = 252
∴ Other number is 252.

Ex. 9. The LCM of two numbers is 45 times their HCF. If one of the numbers is 125 and the sum
of HCF and LCM is 1150, then the other number is?
[SBI PO 2006]
Solution:
Given that, HCF + LCM = 1150; LCM = 45 (HCF)
One number(x) = 125
Let, HCF + LCM = 1150 --------1 eqn.
LCM = 45 (HCF) ----------2 eqn.
Substitute eqn. 2 in eqn. 1
HCF + 45HCF = 1150
46HCF = 1150
HCF = => HCF = 25
LCM = 45 (25) => LCM = 1125
We know that,

Another number is 225.

Ex. 10. Find the greatest number which will divide 772 and 2778 so as to leave the remainder 5
in each case.
[LIC ADO, 2005]
Solution:
We know that, To find the greatest number that will divide x, y and z leaving the same
remainder in each case and when the value of the remainder is r is given, then
Required number = H. C. F of

Given that x = 772; y = 2778; r = 5
Required number
=HCF of (772-5) (2778-5)
= HCF of (767, 2773)
= 59

Ex. 11. The greatest number which on dividing 1657 and 2037 leaves remainders 6 and 5
respectively, is:
Solution: Required number = H.C.F. of (1657 - 6) and (2037 - 5)
= H.C.F. of 1651 and 2032 = 127.

Ex. 12. The L.C.M. of two numbers is 48. The numbers are in the ratio 2 : 3. Then sum of the
number is:
Solution: Let the numbers be 2x and 3x.
Then, their L.C.M. = 6x.
So, 6x = 48 or x = 8.
The numbers are 16 and 24.
Hence, required sum = (16 + 24) = 40.

Ex. 13. If the sum of two numbers is 55 and the H.C.F. and L.C.M. of these numbers are 5 and
120 respectively, then the sum of the reciprocals of the numbers is equal to:
Solution: Let the numbers be a and b.
Then, a + b = 55 and ab = 5 x 120 = 600.
1 1 a + b 55 11
The required sum = + = = =
a b ab 600 120

Ex. 14. Three numbers which are co-prime to each other are such that the product of the first
two is 551 and that of the last two is 1073. The sum of the three numbers is:
Solution: Since the numbers are co-prime, they contain only 1 as the common factor.
Also, the given two products have the middle number in common.
So, middle number = H.C.F. of 551 and 1073 = 29;
551 1073
First number = = 19; Third number = = 37.

29

29
Required sum = (19 + 29 + 37) = 85.

Exercise

1. Find the L.C.M. of 36, 48, 72 and 108.

2. The H.C.F and L.C.M. of any two numbers are 2079 and 27 respectively. If one of the two
numbers is 189, find the other number.

3. Find the greatest number that will divide 296, 492 and 1246 leaving remainders 8, 12 and 22
respectively

4. Which of following is a pair of co - prime number?
a.32,52 b. 16,28 c. 18,35 d. 21,42 e. None of these

5. The L.C.M. of two numbers is 252 and their ratio is 6:7. Find the numbers.
a. 32, 49 b. 16, 25 c. 36,42 d. 54,63 e. None of these

6. A room is 2.47m long and 2.09m broad. It is required to pave the floor with minimum square
slabs. Find the number of slabs required for floor.

7. Find the greatest number that will divide 378, 330 and 882 leaving remainders 3, 5 and 7
respectively.

8. Which smallest number must be added to 9373 so that it exactly divisible by 4?

9. Which smallest number must be added to 605329 so that it becomes divisible by 9?

10. Six bells tolling at the interval of 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, and 12 seconds respectively. In 30 minutes
how many times they toll?

11. Find the L.C.M. of 6/7, 12/13, 7/15.
a. 84 b. 1/84 c. 13 d. 1/13 e. None of these

12. The sum and the differences of the L.C.M. and the H.C.F. of two
numbers are 312 and 264, respectively. Find the bigger number if their sum is 168.

13. Find the H.C.F. of 120, 140, 180 and 420.


14. Find the least number which when divided by 36, 48 and 54 which will leaves the same
remainder 7.

15. Find the greatest number which on dividing 304, 554 and 854 leaves equal remainder.

16. Find the greatest number which on dividing 277, 757 and 3307 leaves the same remainder 7
in each case.

17. Find the L.C.M. of 9/10, 12/25, 18/35, 21/40.
a. 5/252 b. 3/1400 c. 252/5 d. 1400/3 e. None of these

18. Find the greatest number that will divide 63, 45 and 69 so as to leave the same remainder.

19. A wholesale sugar dealer has 780kilogram, 1650kilogram and 510kilogram sugar of three
different qualities. He has to pack it all into boxes of equal size without mixing. Find the
capacity of the largest possible box.

20. Find the least perfect square number which is divisible by 2,3,4,5,6.

21. Six bells commence tolling together and toll at intervals of 2, 4, 7, 8, 10 and 12 seconds
respectively. In 30 minutes how many times do they toll together?

22. Seven bells ring at intervals of 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 9 and 12 minutes, respectively. They started
ringing simultaneously at 6.00 in the morning. How many more times would all seven bells ring
simultaneously till 5.00 in the evening of the same day?

23. Find the LCM of 5/2, 8/9, 11/14

24. Find the largest number which divides 62, 132 and 237 to leave the same remainder in each
case

25. An electric wire is sold only in multiplier of 1 metre and a person required several lengths of
wire, each 85 cm long. To avoid any wastage and to minimize labour, he should purchase

minimum length of
a. 17m b. 17cm c. 170cm d. 1.7m e. None of these

26. Find the greatest number that will divide 55, 127 and 175, so as to leave the same
remainder in each case

27. Find the largest number of four digits exactly divisible by 12, 15, 18 and 27

28. The circumferences of the fore and hind wheels of a carriage are respectively. At any given
moment, a chalk mark is put on the point of contact of each wheel with the ground. Find the
distance travelled by the carriages so that both the chalk marks are again on the ground at the
same time
a. 217.5m b. 2175m c. 217.5cm d. 2175m e. None of these

29. Find the greatest number that will divide 478 and 719 leaving remainders 2 and 5
Respectively

30. A certain card game has a special pack. If you deal out equally to five players there are two
cards left undealt. The same is true if you deal to seven players. If the cards are dealt to three
players there is one left undealt. Number of cards that cannot be there in the pack is

31. The HCF of two numbers is 113 and their LCM is 228825. One of the numbers is 2825. Find
the other

32. Three numbers are in the ratio 1:2:3 and their H.C.F. is 12. The numbers are
a. 12 , 24 , 36 b. 1 , 2 , 3 c. 6 , 12 , 18 d. 24 , 48 , 72 e. None of these

33. The least number of five digits which is exactly divisible by 12, 15 and 18 is

34. Six bells commence tolling together and toll at intervals of 2, 4, 6, 8, 10 and 12 seconds
respectively. In 30 minutes, how many times do they toll together?

35. The traffic lights at three different road crossings change after every 48 sec, 72 sec and 108
sec respectively. If they all chance simultaneously at 8: 20: 00 hours, then they will again
change simultaneously at
a. 8:27:12 hours b. 8:26:06 hours c. 8:25:12 hours d. 8:27:08 hours
e. None of these

36. The greatest number that will divide 187, 233 and 279 leaving the same remainder in each
case is

37. The L.C.M of three different numbers is 120. Which of the following cannot be their H.C.F?
a. 12 b. 24 c. 48 d. 8 e. Data inadequate

38. The sum of two numbers is 528 and their H.C.F is 33. The number of pairs of such numbers
satisfying the above condition is

39. Two numbers are in the ratio of 15: 11. If their H.C.F is 13, then the numbers are
a. 195,143 b. 15 , 11 c. 26, 13 d. Data inadequate e. None of these

40. Find the least number which when decreased by 4 is exactly divisible by 9, 12, 15 and 18
a. 180 b. 184 c. 176 d. Cannot be determined e. None of these

41. Find the least number which when divided by 12, 15, 20 and 24 leaves the same remainder
2 in each case
a. 120 b. 122 c. 118 d. Cannot be determined e. None of these

42. The sum of two numbers is PQ and their difference is 1/7 of their sum. Find their HCF
a. 7/6 (PQ) b.6/7 (PQ) c. 1/7 (PQ) d. 1/6 (PQ) e. None of these

43. The LCM of three numbers is 4752 and HCF is 6. If the two numbers are 48 and 66, then find
the third number

44. How many numbers between 200 and 300 which are exactly divisible by 6, 8, and 9?

45. There are two electrical wires, one is 9 m 60 cm long aluminum wire and the other is 5 m 12
m long copper wire. Find the maximum length that can be equally cut from each wire in such a
way that the total length of each wire is exactly divisible by it
a. 64 cm b. 64 m c. 32 cm d. 128 cm e. None of these

46. Find the least number of girls, so that they can be arranged in the group of 15 or 20 or 30
a. 30 b. 60 c. 120 d. 180 e. 240

47. Find the least perfect square number which is exactly divisible by 3, 4, 5, 6 and 8

48. Find the greatest number less than 800, which is divisible by 8, 12, 28

49. Find the least number which when divided by 12, 15 and 20 leaves remaining 4, 7 and 12
respectively

50. Find the least number which when divided by 5, 6, 7 and 8 leaves a remainder 3 but when
divided by 9 leaves no remainder

51. Five balls begin to toll together and toll at intervals of 24, 40, 72 and 120 s. After what
interval to time will they toll again together?
a. 24 min. b. 48 min. c. 12 min. d. 72 min. e. None of these

52. Four wheels moving 12, 24, 20 and 30 revolutions in a minute starting at a certain point on
the circumference downwards. After interval of time will they come together again in the same
position?
a. 20s b. 30s c. 1 min d. 45s e. None of these

53. The traffic lights at three different road crossings change after every 48.72 and 108 s
respectively. If they change simultaneously at 9 am, at what time will they change again
simultaneously?
a. 7 min 12 s b. 8 min c. 7 min 24 s d. 7 min e. None of these

54. Find the smallest four digit number that is exactly divisible by 8, 10 and 12

55. Find the greatest five digit number exactly divisible by 6, 8 and 12

56. Find the greatest number which will divide by 321, 428 and 535 exactly

57. Find the greatest possible length which can be used to measure 4m 3cm, 4m 34cm and 4m
65cm exactly
a. 31 m b. 31 cm c. 3.1 m d. 3.1 cm e. None of these

58. Find the least number of square tiles required to pave the floor of a room of 4 m 50 cm long
and 5 m 25 cm broad

59. Find the sum of the smallest four digit number and the largest five digit number

60. Five balls begin to toll together and toll respectively at intervals of 6, 7, 8, 9 and 12. How
many times they will toll together in one hour, excluding the one at the start?


61. Among how many students, 175 bananas and 105 oranges can be equally divided?

62. Find out the LCM of 234 , 532 , 745 , 1176 and 256 , 332 , 531 , 724
a. 256 , 332 , 532 , 745 , 1176
b. 256 , 332 , 532 , 724
c. 256 , 532 , 745 , 1176
d. 234 , 332 , 532 , 745 , 1176
e. None of these

63. What is the smallest whole number that is exactly divisible by

64. The least perfect square which is divisible by each of the numbers 12, 15, 20 and 24 is

65. The least positive integer which leave a remainder 2, when divided by each of the numbers
4, 6, 8, 12 and 16

66. The number of integers between 200 and 600 that are divisible by 2, 3, and 7 is

67. If three natural numbers, whose LCM is 360, are in the ratio 2:3:4, then the largest of them
is

68. The HCF of 168, 189 and 231 reduced by 8, gives

69. The GCD and LCM of two numbers are 66 and 384 respectively. If the first number is divided
by 2, the resulting answer is 66. The second number is

70. The LCM and GCD of two numbers are 240 and 16 respectively. If the two numbers are in
the ratio 3:5, the numbers are
a. 16, 80 b. 48, 80 c. 12, 60 d. 6 , 10 e. None of these

71. The LCM of two numbers is 280 and the ratio of the numbers of 7:8. Find the numbers
a. 35 and 40 b. 21 and 24 c. 28 and 32 d. 32 and 48 e. None of these

Answers

1. A 2. B 3. C 4. C 5. C 6. A 7. A 8. A 9. B 10. D
11. A 12. C 13. B 14. D 15. C 16. A 17. C 18. A 19. B 20. B
21. A 22. D 23. A 24. A 25. A 26. C 27. C 28. A 29. B 30. B
31. A 32. A 33. D 34. C 35. A 36. B 37. C 38. B 39. A 40. B
41. B 42. B 43. B 44. A 45. A 46. B 47. D 48. A 49. C 50. C
51. B 52. B 53. A 54. C 55. A 56. A 57. A 58. B 59. A 60. B
61. C 62. A 63. B 64. C 65. B 66. D 67. A 68. B 69. B 70. B
71. A

Ratio & Proportion

Ratio: If a and b are two quantities with the same units such that b is not equal to zero; then
the quotient a/b is called the ratio between a and b. It is written as a:b. Ratio does not have any
unit. The quantities a and b are called terms of the ratio.
a' is called antecedent (first term)
b' is called consequent (second term).

Properties of Ratios:
m n U
# If = = , then A:B:C = p:q:r
" # ]
K K K
# If pA = qB = rC, then A:B: C = = =
" # ]

m U mPn UPo
# If = then =
n o mNn UNo

# If A:B = p: q and B:C = r: s Then, A: B: C = pr: qr: qs

Proportion:
Equality of two ratios is called proportion.
If a : b = c : d, we say a, b, c, d are in proportion or a : b : : c : d.

(1) Third proportion: For any two number a and b, third proportion (x) can be found
^ p p5
= or x =
p O ^

(2) Fourth proportion: For any three numbers a, b and c, fourth proportion (x) can be found
^ q p×q
from = or x =
p O ^

(3) Mean proportion: For any two numbers a and b, mean proportion (x) is found by
^ O
= or x = 𝑎𝑏
O p

Direct proportion:- Two values are called in direct proportion if one value changes accordingly
with the second value .If one value increases, second also increases and if one decreases,
second value automatically decreases.

Examples of direct proportion:-
1. Time and work
2. Man and work
3. Number of articles and cost of an article
4. Work and efficiency
5. Speed and distance
Let two quantities x and y are in directly proportion to each other
Or, x ∝ y where is sign of proportionality.

Or, x = ky where k is a constant.

O
Or, = k
Q

Indirect or inverse proportion:-
Two values are called in indirect proportion if one increases and second decreases
automatically .and vice versa.
Let x is inversely proportional to y then
K
Or, x ∝
Q
s
Or, x =
Q
Or, xy = k where k is a constant.

Examples of indirect direction:-
1. Time and men
2. Men and time
3. Men and efficiency
4. Speed and time

By using both concept of proportionality, we can say that

Men×Efficiency×Time
=Constant
Work

Solved examples
Ex.1: The incomes of A and B are in the ratio 4 : 3 and their expenditures are in the ratio 3 : 2. If
they save Rs.500 each, find the income of A?
Solution: Let their incomes be Rs.4x and 3x respectively also their expenditures as 3y and 2y.
Then 4x – 3y = 500 ..... (1)
& 3x – 2y = 500 ........ (2)
Solving equations (1) and (2) we get
x = 500 and y = 500.
the income of A is Rs.2000.

Ex.2: A bag contains rupee, 50p, 25p coins in the ratio 5 : 3 : 2. If the total amount is Rs.70. Find
the total number of coins?
Solution: Let us suppose that number of coins are 5x, 3x and 2x respectively.
Then total money will be
K K
5𝑥 × 1 + 3 𝑥 × + 2𝑥 × = 70
$ i
⇒ 28𝑥 /4 = 70
⇒ 𝑥 = 10
So, the total number of coins will be = (5𝑥 + 3𝑥 + 2𝑥) = 10𝑥 = 10 × 10 = 100

Ex.3: Two numbers are in the ratio 3 : 5, if 9 is added to each, then they are in the ratio 21 : 32.
The second number is?
Solution: Let the numbers be 3x and 5x.
&OPj $K
Then = or 32(3x + 9) = 21(5x + 9)
%OPj &$
9x = 99 , x = 11
So the numbers are 33 and 55.

Ex.4: The ratio of A’s and B’s salary is 9 : 4. If A’s salary is increased by 15%, then his total salary
becomes Rs.5175. What is the salary of B?
Solution: Let the salaries of A and B be 9x and 4x
KK%
So , 9𝑥 × = Rs.5175
KMM
x = 500
B’s salary is 4 × 500 = Rs.2000.

Ex.5: A can do a piece of work in 12 days; B is 60 % more efficient than A. Find the number of
days that B takes to do the same piece of work?
Solution: We know that time and efficiency are in inverse ratio so their product must be equal.
Product of time taken by A and its efficiency = product of time taken by B and its efficiency
Let A’s efficiency is 100 so B’s efficiency will be 160
K$ ×KMM
Then ,12 × 100 = y × 160 or y = or y = 7.5 days
KhM

Ex.6: The monthly salaries of two persons are in the ratio of 4:7. If each receives an increase of
Rs.25 in the salary, the ratio is altered to 3: 5. Find their respective salaries.
Solution:Let the salaries be 4x and 7x
iOP$% &
Therefore, =
gOP$% %
5(4x + 25) = 3(7x + 25)
20x + 125 = 21x + 75
x = 50
Therefore, their salaries are 4(50) & 7(50) i.e., 200 & 350

Ex.7: What is the value of 'x' if it is the mean proportional of x - 4 and x + 8?
Solution:As x is the mean proportional of x - 4 and x + 8, we have x - 4 : x :: x : x + 8
ONi O
Therefore, =
O OPe
or x = (x-4) (x+8) or x2 = x2 + 4x – 32, Therefore, x = 8
2

Ex.8: The ratio of A’s and B’s salary is 9 : 4. If A’s salary is increased by 15%, then his total salary
becomes Rs.5175. What is the salary of B?
Solution: Let the salaries of A and B be 9x and 4x
KK%
9𝑥 × = Rs.5175
KMM
x = 500
B’s salary is 4 × 500 = Rs.2000.

Ex.9. Which of the following proportions is correct if 12 = pq ?
a. 3:q : : 2:p b. 2: q : : 3:p c. 4: q :: p : 3 d. none of these
Solution: 12 = pq or 4×3 = p×q or 4:q = p:3

Ex.10. If it takes 3 painters 5 days to complete a job, how many days longer will it take if there
are only 2 painters working?
Solution: We know man is inversely proportional to time so men × time = constant
Let it will take x days when 2 painter are working
Hence 3 × 5 = 2 × 𝑥 or 𝑥 = 3 × 5/2 = 15/2 = 7.5

Ex.11. If 1 alpha = 2 betas and 1 beta = 3 gammas, how many alphas are equal to 36 gammas?
Solution: If 1 beta = 3 gammas,
Multiplying both sides by 12 , we get
12 betas = 36 gammas
We also know 2 betas = 1 alphas
Hence 36 gammas = 12 betas = 6*2 betas = 6*1 alphas = 6alphas
Hence 36 gammas = 6 alphas

Ex.12. A quiz consists of true and false questions. The ratio of the number of true questions to
the number of false questions is 4:3. About what percent of the questions are false?
Solution: Percent of false questions = (3/7) × 100 = 42.86 = 43% approx.

Ex.13. Jack is now 7 times as old as Jill. If 10 years from now, he will be 3 times as old as Jill,
how old is Jack now?
Solution: Let Jill be y years old. So, Jack is 7y years old now.
Ten years from now, Jill will be (y + 10) and Jack will be (7y + 10).
So, 7y + 10 = 3 (y + 10) = 3y + 30.
Thus, 4y = 20 or y = 5. Jill is 5 years old and Jack is 35 years old now.

Ex.14. Rs.432 is divided amongst three workers A, B and C such that 8 times A's share is equal
to 12 times B's share which is equal to 6 times C's share. How much did A get?
Solution: Given 8A = 12B =6C
Dividing this by LCM of 8, 12 & 6 i.e. 24, we get

8A 12 B 6C
= =
24 24 24
A B C
⇒ = =
3 2 4

or A:B:C = 3:2:4
&
So A’s share = ×432 = 144
j

Ex.15. Two cogged wheels of which one has 32 cogs and other 54 cogs, work into each other. If
the former turns 80 times in three quarters of a minute, how often does the other turn in 8
seconds?
Solution: If 32 cogs turn 80 times in 45 second
Then let 54 cogs turn x time in 8 second
32 × 45 54 × 8
=
80 x
⇒ x = 24

Ex.16. The ratio of A’s and B’s salary is 9 : 4. If A’s salary is increased by 10%, then his total
salary becomes Rs.4950. What is the salary of B?
Solution: Let the salaries of A and B be 9𝑥 and 4𝑥
9𝑥 ×110/100 = Rs.4950
x = 500
B’s salary is 4 × 500 = Rs.2000.

Ex.17: The ratio between larger and smaller numbers is twelve less than the product of these
two numbers. The square of smaller number is half of the larger number. What is the total sum
of these two numbers?
Solution: Let the smaller and larger numbers be x and y respectively.
Q Q
According to the question, + 12 = xy and x2 =
O $
Combining the above equations, we get x3 – x – 6 = 0 or (x – 2) (x2 + 2x + 3) = 0
Now x = 2 is the only positive value of x, whereas the other values are imaginary
y = 8, Sum of the numbers = x + y = 2 + 8 = 10.

Problem on ages:-

Problems on age are similar to those of Ratio and Proportion. However in certain questions,
calculations can be shortened using the concepts of Singapore Math’s.

For example the age of the father 3 years ago was 7 times that of his son. At present the
father's age is 5 times that of his son than. find the ages of father and son
we proceed as follows:

F: S
7:1 <-- 3 Years Ago
5:1 <-- Present

Here if the ratios were the actual ages then Present ratio should be more than that of 3 years
ago. Also the same years would be added to father's age and son's age. So what we do here is
we make the ratio of present age to be more than that of 3 years ago and also make the
difference of the ratio to be equal. To do that we find the difference of the ratios and cross
multiply as:

F: S
7:1 <-- Difference is 6
5:1<--- Difference is 4

Thus the ratio of difference is 6:4 or 3:2, cross multiplying the upper ratio by 2 and lower by 3,
we have:

F: S
14:2 <-- three years ago
15:3 < --Present
-------
1 :1
-----
Here we see that the difference is 1: 1 which is same and also the present age is more than that
of 3 years ago.
Now the calculation is very simple.
15 – 14 = 1 but we need difference is equal to 3 because the given age is 3 years ago
So , we need to multiply both numerator and denominator by 3 to get the present ages of
father and son
Required answers , 15*3 = 45 years (father) and 3*3 = 9 years (son)

The concept is very simple and gives the answer almost intuitively.

Sometimes the questions are asked like this.
The sum of ages of a mother and her daughter is 50 years. Also 5 years ago, the mother's age
was 7 times the age of the daughter. What are the present ages of the mother and the
daughter.
Here 5 years ago, the sum of the ages will be 40 years. Divide 40 in the ratio of 7:1,
Thus, 1/8 × 40 = 5 (daughter)
7/8 × 40 = 35 (mother)
So mothers age today is 35 + 5 = 40 years and daughter's age today is 5 + 5 = 10 years.

Shortcut Methods
1. If the age of A ‘t’ years ago was ‘n1’ times the age of B, at present A’s age is n2 times that
of B then,
A’s present age is =
B’s present age is =

2. The present age of A is ‘n1’ times the present age of B. If ‘t’ years hence, the age of A would
be ‘n2’ times of B, then
A’s present age =

B’s present age =

3. Age of A ‘t’ years ago, was ‘n1’ times the age of B. if t years hence A’s age would be ‘n2’
times of B then,
A’s present age =
B’s present age =

4. The sum of present ages of A and B is S years. If t years ago, the age of A was n times the
age of B then,
Present age of A = years
Present age of B =

5. The sum of present ages of A and B is S years. If t years hence the age of A would be n
times the age of B then,
Present age of A = years
Present age of B =

6. If the ratio of present ages of A and B is a:b and t years hence it will be c:d, then,
A’s present age is =
B’s present age is =
If the difference is given, then
Present age of A =
Present age of B = years

If age is given, then
A =
B =

Ex. 1. The ratio between the present ages of M and N is 5: 3 respectively. The ratio between
M’s age 4 years ago an N’s age after 4 years is 1: 1. What is the ratio between M’s age after 4
years and N’s age 4 years ago? [Bank PO 2000]
Solution: M’s age = 5x, N’s age = 3x
(5x -4) : (3x +4) = 1: 1
5x – 4 = 3x + 4
2x =8
x =4

∴ M’s present age = 20 years, N’s present age = 12 years.
∴ Required Ratio = 24: 8 = 3: 1

Ex. 2. Six years ago Jose was twice as old as Joseph. The ratio of their present age is 9:5
respectively, what is the difference between their present ages? [Bank PO 2000]
Solution: Let their present ages be 9x and 5x.
Six years ago,

∴ Difference between their present ages
=

Ex. 3. Sita’s mother was 4 times of Sita’s age ten years ago .After ten years, she will be twice as
old as Sita. How old is Sita today? [SSC 2002
Solution: Take x as mother’s present age, y as Sita’s present age.
Before 10 years
(x - 10) = 4(y - 10)
x - 10 = 4y - 40
x - 4y = -30------(1)
After 10 years
(x + 10) = 2(y + 10)
x + 10 = 2y + 20
x - 2y = 10------(2)
By solving (1) & (2)
-2y = -40
y = 20
x = 50
Sita’s age is 20 years.

Ex. 4. A said to B “I am twice as old as you were when I was as old you are now.” Sum of their
ages is 42. Find their present ages. [Delhi police, 2007]
Solution: Clearly by choosing option (b) we see that A was equal to B’s age, i.e. 18 years, 6 years
ago and at that time B was 12 years old. So, A’s present age, 24 years, is twice of B’s that time
of age, i.e. 12years.
(Or)
Let Present age of B=x and present age of A=42-x
Then, 18 years ago A’s age=x and B’s age=x-(42+2x) =3x-42
By given condition, A’s present age=2 × (B’s age some years ago)
42 – x = 2(3x - 42)
x = 18
∴ B’s present age = 18 years and A’s present age = 24years.

Ex. 5. The average age of 30 boys in a class is 15 years. One boy, aged 20 years, left the class,
but two new boys came in his place whose ages differ by 5 years. If the average age of all the
boys now in the class remains 15 years, the age of the younger newcomer is: [SSC Grad. 2002]

Solution: Let the ages of the two new boys be x and x +5. By given condition,

Ex. 6. My grandfather was 8 times older than me 16 years ago. He would be 3 times my age, 8
years from now. Eight years ago, what was the ratio of my age to that of my grandfather?
[SSC Grad. 2003]
Solution: Let my age be x years. Then 16 years ago, my age = (x -16) years
My grandfather’s age = 8(x-16) years
8 years from now, my age = (x + 8) years
My grandfather’s age = 3 (x +8) years
Also, 3(x -8)-8(x-16)= 24
5x = 128

∴ Grandfather’s present age
= 8(x - 16) + 16 = 92.8
The ratio of their ages 8 years ago,

Ex. 7. The present age of Mr. Sanyal is 3 times the age of his son. Six years hence the ratio of
their ages will be 5:2 respectively. What is the present age of Mr. Sanyal? [Bank 2006]
Solution: Let present age of son = x years
Present age of Mr. Sanyal = 3x years

6x + 12 = 5x + 30
6x – 5x = 30 – 12
x = 18 years
∴ Present age of Mr. Sanyal = 3 × 18 = 54 years

Ex. 8. Present ages of Sameer and Anand are in the ratio of 5 : 4 respectively. Three years
hence, the ratio of their ages will become 11 : 9 respectively. What is Anand's present age in
years ?
Solution:
Let the present ages of sameer and anand be 5x years and 4x years
respectively.
Then 5x+3/4x+3=11/9
9(5x+3)=11(4x+3)
x=6.
Anands's present age = 4x
=24 years.

Ex. 9. The ratio between the present ages of P and Q is 5 : 7 respectively. If the difference
between Q's present age and P's age afler 6 years is 2, what is the total of P's and Q's present
ages ?
Solution:
Let the present ages of P and Q be 5x years and 7x years respectively.
Then 7x-(5x+6)=2
2x=8
x=4.
Required sum = 5x+7x
=12x
=12×4
=48 years.

Ex. 10. My brother is 3 years elder to me. My father was 28 years of age when my sister was
born while my mother was 26 years of age when I was bom. If my sister was 4 years of age
when my brother was born, then, what was the age of my father and mother respectively when
my brother was born ?
Solution:
Clearly,my mother was born 3 years before I was born
and 4 years after my sister was born.
So, father's age when =(28+4)
brother was born = 32 years.
mother's age when brother =(26 - 3)
was born = 23 years.

Ex. 11. Eighteen years ago, a father was three times as old as his son. Now the father is only
twice as old as his son. Then the sum of the present ages of the son and the father is
Solution:
Let the present ages of Father and Son be 2x years and x years
respectively.
Then (2x-18)=3(x-18)
2x-18=3x-54
x=54-18
x=36.
Required sum = (2x+x)
=3x
=3x36
=108 years.

Ex. 12. The sum of the ages of 5 children born at the intervals of 3 years each is 50 years. What
is the age of the youngest child ?

Solution:
Let the ages of the children be x,(x+3),(x+6),(x+9) and (x+12) years.
Then, x+(x+3)+(x+6)+(x+9)+(x+12)=50
5x=20
x=4.
Age of the youngest child =4 years.

Ex. 13. Ayesha's father was 38 years of age when she was born while her mother was 36 years
old when her brother four years younger to her was born. What is the difference between the
ages of her parents ?
Solution:
Mother's age when Ayesha's brother was = 36 years.
born
Father's age when Ayesha's brother was = (38+4) years.
born = 42 years.
Required difference = (42-36)
= 6 years.

Ex. 14. Sneh's ago is 1/6 th of her father's age. Sneh's father's age will be twice of Vimal's age
after 10 years. If Vimal's eighth birthday was celebrated two years before, then what is Sneh's
present age ?
Solution:
Vimal's age after 10 years = (8+2+10)years
= 20 years.
Sneh's father age after 10 years = 40 years
Sneh's father Present age = 30 years
Therefore Sneh's age = (1/6 x 30)years
= 5 years.

Ex. 15. A father said to his son, "I was as old as you are at the present at the time of your birth".
If the father's age is 38 years now, the son's age five years back was:
Solution: Let the son's present age be x years. Then, (38 - x) = x
2x = 38.
x = 19.
Son's age 5 years back (19 - 5) = 14 years.

Ex. 16. Present ages of Sameer and Anand are in the ratio of 5 : 4 respectively. Three years
hence, the ratio of their ages will become 11 : 9 respectively. What is Anand's present age in
years?
Solution: Let the present ages of Sameer and Anand be 5x years and 4x years respectively.
5x + 3 11
Then, =
4x + 3 9

9(5x + 3) = 11(4x + 3)
45x + 27 = 44x + 33
45x - 44x = 33 - 27
x = 6.
Anand's present age = 4x = 24 years.

Ex. 17. Six years ago, the ratio of the ages of Kunal and Sagar was 6 : 5. Four years hence, the
ratio of their ages will be 11 : 10. What is Sagar's age at present?
Solution: Let the ages of Kunal and Sagar 6 years ago be 6x and 5x years respectively.
(6x + 6) + 4 11
Then, =
(5x + 6) + 4 10
10(6x + 10) = 11(5x + 10)
5x = 10
x = 2.
Sagar's present age = (5x + 6) = 16 years.

Partnership:-

When two or more persons agree to run a business jointly, they are called partners and this
deal is called partnership.

Simple Partnership
When all the partners invest their money for the same time, it is called simple partnership.

Compound Partnership
When all the partners invest their money for the different times, it is called compound
partnership.

1. If the capitals of three partners be Rs. C1, Rs. C2 and Rs. C3 for the same period and the
total profit be Rs. P, then shares of the partners in the profits are
, and

2. If the capitals of three partners be Rs. C1, C2 and RS. C3 for the periods t1, t2 and t3
respectively and the total profit be Rs.P, then shares of the partners in the profits are:
, and

3. If in a partnership the investments made by first, second and third partners are x1, x2, x3
respectively, the time period be t1, t2, t3 then ratio of profits is given by x1t1 : x2t2 : x3t3.

4. If is the ratio of investments and p1:p2:p3 be the ratio of profits, the ratio of time
periods is given by

5. If p1 : p2 : p3 is the ratio of profits and t1 : t2 : t3 be the ratio of time periods, the ratio of
investments is given by

Ex. 1. Mr. Burkit started a business investing Rs.45000 .After 3 months Peter joined him with a
capital of Rs.60000. After another 6 months, Ronald joined them with a capital of Rs.90000. At
the end of the year, they made a profit of Rs.16500. Find the ratio of their capitals?
[Bank Po, 2007]
Solution: Burkit invested his capital for 12 months, Peter for 9 months and Ronald for 3
months.
So, ratio of their capitals = (45000×12) : (60000×9) : (90000×3)
= 540000 : 540000 : 270000 = 2 : 2 : 1
(∵ Total investment = Investment × time)
Ratio of their capitals = 2 : 2 : 1

Ex. 2. Mr. Sanjay started a business investing Rs. 25000 in 1996. In 1997 he invested an
additional amount of Rs. 10,000 and Mr. Suresh joined him with an amount of Rs. 35000. In
1998 Mr. Sanjay invested another additional amount of Rs. 10,000 and Mr. Ram joined them
with an amount of Rs. 35,000. What will be Suresh’s share in the profit of Rs. 150000 earned at
the end of three years from the start of the business in 1966? [Bank PO 2001]
Solution:
Sanjay Suresh Ram
1996 25,000
1997 35,000 35,000
1998 45,000 35,000 35,000
$
∴ Suresh’s share = ×1,50,000 = 𝑅𝑠. 50,000
h

Ex. 3. The ratio of investments of two partners A and B is 11:12 and the ratio of their profit is
2:3.If A invested the money for 8 months, then the time for which B invested the money is:
[SSC Grad 2005]
Solution: Let A’s capital be Rs. 11x and B’s capital be Rs. 12x.

K
Ex. 4. Rs.1290 is divided between A, B, and C. So that A’s share is 1 times B’s and B’s share is
$
&
1 time C’s. What is C’s share? [CDS 2004]
i
Solution:

∴
∴ C’s share

Ex. 5. A, B and C invest Rs.4000, Rs.5000 and Rs.6000 respectively in a business and A gets 25%
of profit for managing the business, the rest of the profit is divided by A,B and C in proportion
to their investment. If in a year, A gets Rs.200 less than B and C together, what was the total
profit of that year? [RRB, 2000]
Solution: After giving 25% of the total profit amount to A for managing the business, the rest
75% of total profit is divided among A, B, and C in proportion to their investments.
In 75% of total profit

∴ 75% of total profit = 4x+5x+6x
K%O
∴ Total profit = = 20x
g%%
∴ Share of A = 4x + 25% of 20x = 9x
Share of B = 5x = 5x
Share of C = 6x = 6x
Given, (5x + 6x) - 9x = 200
x = 100
∴ Total profit = 20x = 20×100 = Rs.2000

K K K
Ex. 6. In a partnership, A invests of the capital for of the time, B invests of the capital for
h h &
K
of the time and C, the rest of the capital for whole time. Find A’s share of the total profit of
&
Rs.2300 [Asst. Grade 2003]
Solution:
Capital of C =
Let the total time be 12 months
∴

∴ Share of

Ex. 7. Sumit and Ravi started a business by investing Rs 85000 and 15000 respectively. In what
ratio the profit earned after 2 years be divided between Sumit and Ravi respectively.
Solution: P:Q = 85000:15000 = 17:3
Important to note there that if both have invested for different period of times then we had to

multiply with number of months to get the desired ratio.

Ex. 8. A and B invest in a business in the ratio 3 : 2. If 5% of the total profit goes to charity and
A's share is Rs. 855, the total profit is:
Solution: Let the total profit be Rs. 100.
3
After paying to charity, A's share = Rs. 95 x = Rs. 57.

5

If A's share is Rs. 57, total profit = Rs. 100.

100
If A's share Rs. 855, total profit = x 855 = 1500.
57

Ex. 9. A, B and C jointly thought of engaging themselves in a business venture. It was agreed
that A would invest Rs. 6500 for 6 months, B, Rs. 8400 for 5 months and C, Rs. 10,000 for 3
months. A wants to be the working member for which, he was to receive 5% of the profits. The
profit earned was Rs. 7400. Calculate the share of B in the profit.

Solution: For managing, A received = 5% of Rs. 7400 = Rs. 370.
Balance = Rs. (7400 - 370) = Rs. 7030.
Ratio of their investments = (6500 x 6) : (8400 x 5) : (10000 x 3)
= 39000 : 42000 : 30000
= 13 : 14 : 10
14
B's share = Rs. 7030 x = Rs. 2660.

37

Ex. 10. A and B started a partnership business investing some amount in the ratio of 3 : 5. C
joined then after six months with an amount equal to that of B. In what proportion should the
profit at the end of one year be distributed among A, B and C?
Solution: Let the initial investments of A and B be 3x and 5x.
A : B : C = (3x x 12) : (5x x 12) : (5x x 6) = 36 : 60 : 30 = 6 : 10 : 5.

Ex. 11. A and B started a business in partnership investing Rs. 20,000 and Rs. 15,000
respectively. After six months, C joined them with Rs. 20,000. What will be B's share in total
profit of Rs. 25,000 earned at the end of 2 years from the starting of the business?
Solution: A : B : C = (20,000 x 24) : (15,000 x 24) : (20,000 x 18) = 4 : 3 : 3.
3
B's share = Rs. 25000 x = Rs. 7,500.

10

Ex. 12. Aman started a business investing Rs. 70,000. Rakhi joined him after six months with an
amount of Rs.. 1,05,000 and Sagar joined them with Rs. 1.4 lakhs after another six months. The
amount of profit earned should be distributed in what ratio among Aman, Rakhi and Sagar
respectively, 3 years after Aman started the business?
Solution: Aman : Rakhi : Sagar = (70,000 x 36) : (1,05,000 x 30) : (1,40,000 x 24) = 12 : 15 : 16.

Exercise

1. If A: B=3:4 and B: C=8:9, then find the value of A: B: C
a. 3:4:9 b. 3:8:9 c. 6:8:9 d. 2:4:7 e. None of these

2. If a: b=b:c then ratio a4:b4=?
a. a3:c2 b. a4:c2 c. a4:c4 d. a2:c2 e. None of these

^ p q
3. If = = then find a: b: c
g j KK

K K
4. If A = B and B = C, then find the value of A: B: C.
i $

5. If (a+b) : (a-b)=5:3, then (a2+b2) : (a2-b2)=?
a. 13:15 b. 15:13 c. 17:15 d. 15:17 e. None of these

6. The total number of students in a school is 2140. If the number of girls in the school is 1200,
what is the ratio of the total number of boys to the total number of girls in the school?

7. The average age of a person and his son is 30 yr. The ratio of their ages is 4:1 respectively.
Find the age of son
a. 20yr b. 16yr c. 14yr d. 12yr e. None of these

8. Rahul obtained 12 marks more than that of Tanvi. If the ratio of their marks is 3:4, find the
sum of their marks

9. One-half of a certain number is equal to 65% of the 2nd number. Find the ratio of 1st to 2nd
number

10. The total weight of Sanjay and Suresh is 120 kg. If Sanjay weights 30 kg more than Suresh,
what is the ratio of the weights of Suresh to that of Sanjay?

11. Present age of Meena is 8 times of her daughter’s age. 8 yr hence, the ratio of the ages of
Meena and her daughter will be 10:3. Find the present age of Meena

12. Amit and Suresh have invested in the ratio of 4:7. If both invested a total amount of Rs.
49500, then find the investment of Suresh

Ans: Rs. 31500

13. The present ratio of ages of A and B is 4:5. 18 yr ago, this ratio was 11:16. Find the sum of
the present ages of A and B

14. The ratio of the ages of a father to that of his son is 5:2. If the product of their ages in yr is
1000, then find the father’s age after 10 yr

15. If 70% of a number is equal to three-fifth of another number, what is the ratio between the
1st and the 2nd number, respectively?

16. In a class, the number of boys and girls is in the ratio of 4:5. If 10 more boys join the class,
the ratio of numbers of boys and girls becomes 6:5. How many girls are there in the class?

17. The sum of the ages of a father and his son is 100 yr now. 5 yr ago, their ages were in the
ratio of 2:1. Find the ratio of the ages of father and son after 10 yr

18. The total number of students in a school is 8670. If the number of boys in the school is
4545, what will be the ratio of the total number of girls in the school?

19. The average age of a woman and her daughter is 16 yr. The ratio of their ages is 7:1. What is
the woman’s age?

20. The ages of Vaibhav and Jagat are in the ratio of 12:7. After 6 yr, the ratio of their ages will
be 3:2. What is the difference in their ages?

21. The average age of a man and his two twin sons born on the same day is 30 yr. The ratio of
the ages of father to one of his sons is 5:2. What is the father’s age?

22. A sum of money is divided amongst A, B, C and D in the ratio of 3:7:9:13. If the share of B is
Rs. 4872, what will be the total amount of money of A and C together?

23. The speeds of three cars are in the ratio of 2:3:4. Find the ratio between the time taken by
these cars to cover the same distance

24. The ratio of angles of a triangle is 3:2:1 and the largest angle is 90°. Find the difference
between the largest and smallest angles
a. 60° b. 90° c. 45° d. 75° e. None of these

25. The ratio between the present ages of Punit and Suresh is 4:5 respectively. After 7 yr Punit’s
age will be 31 yr. What was Suresh’s age four years ago?

26. In a town, 80% of the populations are adults of which the men and women are in the ratio
of 9:7, respectively. If the number of adult women is 4:2 lakhs, what is the total population of
the town?

27. Mr. Shrimant inherits 2505 gold coins and divides them amongst his three sons. Bharat,
Parat and Marat, in a certain ratio out of the total coins received by each of them, Bharat Sells
30 coins, Parat donates his 30 coins and Marat losses his 25 coins. Now, the ratio of gold coins
with them is 46:41:34 respectively. How many coins did Parat receive from his father?

$
28. Rs. 600 are divided among A, B and C such that Rs 40 more than th of A’s share, Rs 20 more
%
$ j
than th of B’s share and Rs 10 more than th of C’s share, all are equal. What is B’s share?
g Kg

29. Perimeter of a rectangle is 40 cm and the length and the breadth are in the ratio of 3:2
respectively. What is the area of rectangle is sq cm?

30. The expensive on rice, fish and oil of a family are in the ratio of 12:17:3. The prices of these
articles are increased by 20%, 30% and 50%, respectively. Find the total percentage increase in
the expenses of the family
K K % &
a. 28 % b. 28 % c. 28 % d. 28 % e. None of these
e j e e

31. Salary of Mr. X is 80% of the salary of Mr. Y and the salary of Mr. Z is 120% of the salary of
Mr. X. What is the ratio between the salaries of X,Y,Z respectively?

32. If the positions of the digits of a two-digit number are interchanged, the number newly
formed is smaller than the original number by 45. Also, the ratio of the new number to the
original number is 3:8. What is the original number?

33. The ratio of water and spirit in the mixture is 1:3. If the volume of the solution is increased
by 25% by adding spirit only, what is the resultant ratio of water and spirit?

34. A cat takes 5 leaps for every 4 leaps of a dog, but 3 leaps of the dog are equal to 4 leaps of
the cat. What is the ratio of the speeds of the cat to that to the dog?

35. In the month of January, Arun’s income and expenses were Rs. 15000 and Rs 9000
respectively. His monthly expenses vary directly as the square of his monthly income. What is
his income when it just equals his expenses?

36. Two vessels P and Q contain milk and water mixed in the ratios of 5:3 and 2:3, respectively.
When these mixtures are mixed to form a new mixture containing half milk and half water, then
find the ratio in which P and Q are mixed?

K
37. Rs 5625 are divided amongst A, B and C so that A receives as much as B and C together
$
K
receive and B receive as much as A and C together receives. Find the sum of shares of A and B
i

38. Rs 710 were dividing amongst A, B and C in such a way that A had Rs 40 more than B and C
had Rs 30 more than A. How much was C’s share?

39. The ratio of 1st and 2nd classes train fairs between two stations is 3:1 and that of the
number of passengers travelling between these stations by 1st and 2nd classes is 1:50. If on a
particular day, Rs 2650 be collected from the passengers travelling between these stations,
then find the amount collected from 2nd class passengers

40. The ratio of the number of students studying in schools A, B and C is 5:6:8. If the number of
students in each of the schools is increased by 30%, 25% and 25%, respectively, what will be the
new ratio of the numbers of students in schools A, B and C?

41. In a college, the number of students studying History, Economics and Mathematics are in
the ratio of 4:7:9. If the number of students a History, Economics and Mathematics be
increased by 30%, 20% and 40% respectively, what will be the new ratio?

42. Ruchi’s father was 38 yr old when she was born while her mother was 36 yr old when her
brother was born who is 4 yr younger to her. What is the difference between the ages of her
parents?

43. The difference between the two adjacent angles of a parallelogram is 20°. What would be
the ratio between the smaller and the larger angles of the parallelogram respectively?

44. There are two triangles A and B. The angles of triangle A are in the ratio of 3:4:5 and the
angles of triangle B are in the ratio of 5:6:7. What is the difference between largest angle of
triangle A and the smallest angle of triangle B?
a. 25° b. 20° c. 40° d. 15° e. None of these

$ $
45. The capacities of two glasses are same. They are filled with rd part and th part of water,
& %
respectively. Remaining part of both the glassed are filled with milk. If mixtures of both the
glasses are mixed in a big glass, what is the ratio of water and milk in it?

46. Rs. 2186 are distributed amongst A, B and C. If money given to them is decreased by Rs 26,
Rs 28 and Rs 32 respectively, then they have money in the ratio of 9:13:8. What is the amount
given to A?

$
47. A person gave th part of his income to his elder son and 30% part to his younger son. He
%
saved his remaining money in three trusts A, B and C in the ratio of 3:5:2. If difference between
the amounts got by his both sons is Rs 2000. How much amount he saved in trust C?

48. In a factory, the ratio of the numbers of employees of three types A, B and C is 9:13:18 and
their wages are in the ratio of 10:7:4. If number of employees of type C is 54 and wages of
every employees of type B is Rs 1400, then find the total wages of all the employees

49. If (a + b) : (b + c) : (c + a) = 6 : 7 : 8 and a + b + c = 14. Find C

50. Number of employees in a factory decreases in the ratio of 8:7 and salary of employees
increases in the ratio of 5:6. Find weather the total salary given to the employees is increased
or decreased and in what ratio?
a. 21:20 deacreased b. 20:21 deacreased c. 20:21 deacreased
d. 20:21 increased e. None of these

^ p q ^PpPq
51. If = = , then find the value of
& % g p

52. A profit of Rs. 7,200 is to be distributed among A, B and C in the ratio of 3:2:1. The
difference between the amounts received by A and C is

53. The ratio of the prices of three different types of cars is 4:5:7. If the difference types the
prices of costliest and the cheapest car is Rs. 6000, what is the price of the car of moderate
price?
a. 1,00,000 b. 1,20,000 c. 2,40,000 d. 1,50,000 e. None of these

54. A certain amount was divided between Salim and Rahim in the ratio of 4:3. If Rahim’s share
was Rs. 24000, find out the amount

55. karan got twice as many marks in English as in Science. His Total marks in English, Science
and Maths are 180. If the proportion of his marks in English and Maths is 2:3, what are his
marks is science?

56. An amount is to be divided among a, B and C in the ratio 3:5:6 respectively. If the difference
between A and B’s share is Rs. 600. What is C’s share?

&
57. A’s share in a business is th of B’s share. B got a profile of Rs. 1,200 by investing Rs. 40,000
i
in the business. What will be the ratio of A’s profit to his investment in the business?

58. Rs. 4800 is distributed among A, B and C in the ratio of 6:5:4. The difference between shares
of A and C is

59. The price of a scooter and a moped are in the ratio of 7:4. If a scooter costs Rs. 3600 more
than a moped, what is the price of a moped?

60. A started with Rs. 4500 and B joined afterwards with Rs. 3000. If the profits at the end of
one year were divided in the ratio 2:1 respectively, then B would be
a. 3 months b. 6 months c. 4 months d. 2 months e. None of these

61. Two numbers are in the ratio 5:9 with the addition of 9 their ratio becomes 16:27. Then
sum of the two numbers would be

62. The price of a scooter and a T.V set are in the ratio of 3:2. If the scooter costs Rs. 6,000
more than the T.V. set, what is the price of the T.V. set?

63. An amount of money is to be distributed among A, B and C in the ratio of 2:5:7. If the total
of A’s and B’s share is Rs. 4900 what is the difference between B’s and C’s share?

64. An amount is to be divided among A, B and C in the ratio 3:5:6 respectively. If the difference
between A and B’s share is Rs. 600. What is C’s share?

65. Find out the ratio whose value is 2/3 and the antecedent is 18

$ % e
66. : ∷ : What number?
& h g
KK KM KM K$
a. b. c. d. e. None of these
g & g g

67. A : B = 2 : 3, B : C = 4 : 5, C : D = 6 : 7 find the ratio of A and D?

68. Two equal glasses are respectively 1/3 and 1/4 full of milk. They are then filled up with
water and the contents are mixed in a tumbler. Find the ratio of milk and water in the tumbler

69. If in 30 litre mixture of milk and water the ratio of milk and water is 7:3, find out the
quantity of water to mix in order to make this ratio 3:7
a. 60 litres b. 15 litres c. 10 litres d. 40 litres e. None of these

70. In a big there are coins of 25 paisa, 10 paisa and 5 paisa in the ratio 1:2:3. If there are in all
Rs. 30, how many 5 paisa coins are there?

71. Shyam has a sister who is half of his age. When Shyam double, what will be the ratio of his
age to his sister’s age?

72. On a certain railway the first and second class fares are 7 paisa and e paisa per kilometer
respectively. A man who travelled 100 km spent Rs. 3.40 in going part of distance by first class
and the in second class. How many kilometers did he travel in first class?

73. Ratio of A’s age to B’s first equal to 4:3. A will be 26 years old after 6 years, how old is B
now?
a. 14 yrs b. 15 yrs c. 12 yrs d. 10 yrs e. None of these

74. 25 men with 10 boys can do in 6 days as much work as 21 men with 30 boys can do in 5
days. How many boys must help 40 men to do the same work in 4 days?

75. A contractor took a contract for building 12 kilometer road in 15 days and employed 100
laboures on the work. After 9 days he found that only 5 kilometer road had been constructed.

How many more laboures should be employed to ensure that the work may be completed
within the given time?

76. What numbers has 5 to 1 ratio to the number 10?

77. 15 men do a work in 20 days. In how many days will 20 men do the full work?

K K K
78. Three persons start business and make profit of Rs. 1180. If their capitals are as : : how
% h e
should the profit be divided?
a. 480,400,350 b. 480,450,350 c. 480,400,300 d. 450,400,350
e. None of these

79. A, B and C purchased the mangoes in a ratio 5:3:2. If the difference of mangoes of A and C is
60, find out the total number of mangoes purchased by them

80. A company makes a profit of Rs. 450. Out of this 20% is paid for taxes and the rest be
K
divided among its partners A, B and C in proportion of 1 : 1 : 2 Find the share of each
$
a. 480,400,350 b. 80,120,160 c. 480,400,300 d. 450,400,350
e. None of these

81. A garrison of 2,200 men has provision for 16 weeks at the rate of 45 gm per day per man.
How many men must leave so that the same provision may last for 24 weeks at 33 gm per day
per man?

82. If 5 men can do a piece of work in 20 days, in how many days will 10 men and 5 boys do the
same work if 1 man does as much work as 2 boys?

83. In 21 cows eat as much as 15 oxen, how many cows will eat as much as 25 oxen?

84. There are three containers of equal capacity. First container is half full, the second is one
third full and the third is empty. If all the water in the containers is divided equally among the
containers, what part of the third container will be full?

85. The annual incomes of two persons are in the ratio 9:7 and their expenses are in the ratio
4:3. If each of them saves Rs. 2000 per year, then their annual incomes are
a. 14000 and 18000 b. 15000 and 12000 c. 12000 and 15000

d. 10000 and 15000 e. None of these

86. A person divider Rs. 10,800 among his 3 sons in the ratio 3:4:5. Second son kept Rs. 1000 for
himself, gave Rs. 600 to his wife, and divided the remaining money among his 2 daughters
received

87. In a school the number of boys and that of the girls are in the respective ratio of 2:3. If the
number of boys is increased by 20% and that of girls is increased by 10%, what will be the new
ratio of number of boys to that of the girls?

88. Income of two companies A and B are in the ratio of 5:8. Had the income of company A
been more by Rs. 25 lakhs, the ratio of their incomes would have been 5:4 respectively. What is
the income of company B?
a. 34 lakhs b. 35 lakhs c. 40 lakhs d. 34 lakhs e. None of these

89. A total of 91 boys are seated in three rows. The ratio between the number of boys seated in
the first and the second row is 5:2 respectively and the ratio between the number of boys
seated in the second and third row is 1:3 respectively. How many boys were there in the second
row?

90. The ratio of the income of A and B as also those of B and C is 3:2 If a third of A’s income
exceeds a fourth of C’s income by Rs. 1000, What is B’s income?

91. A sum of money is divided among 160 males and some females in the ratio 16:21.
Individually each male gets Rs. 4 and each female Rs. 3. The number of females is

92. The monthly incomes of two persons are in the ratio 4:7, and their expenses are in the ratio
11:20. If each of them saves Rs.400 per month, then their monthly income must be respectively
a. 4800 and 4200 b. 4800 and 8400 c. 4800 and 54000
d. 10000 and 15000 e. None of these

93. Divide Rs. 1250 among A, B and C so that A gets 2/9 of B’s share and C gets 3/4 of A’s share
Find A’s , B’s and C’s share
a. Rs. 200 , Rs. 950 , Rs. 150
b. Rs. 200 , Rs. 900 , Rs. 150
c. Rs. 250 , Rs. 950 , Rs. 150
d. Rs. 200 , Rs. 950 , Rs. 100
e. None of these

94. Rs. 180 contained in a box consists of one-rupee, 50-paisa and 25 paisa coins in the ratio
2:3:4. What is the number of 50-paise coins?

95. The students in three classes are in the ratio 2:3:5. If 20 students are increased in each class,
the ratio changes to 4:5:7. The total numbers of students before the increase were

96. If 378 coins of one rupee, 50-paisa and 25-paisa coins whose values are in the ratio of
13:11:7, the number of 50-paisa coins will be

97. The ratio of the number of boys to that of girls in a school is 4:1. If 75% of boys and 70% of
the girls are scholarship-holders, then the percentage of students who do not get scholarship is:

98. A total profit of Rs. 3,600 is to be distributed amongst A, B and C such that A:B::5:4 and
B:C::8:9. What is the share of C?

99. The ratio of number boys & girls in a school of 720 students is 7:5. How many more girls
should be admitted to make the ratio 1:1?

100. Annual incomes of A & B are as 4:3 & their expenses are as 3:2. If each saves Rs. 600 per
annum, then annual income of A is
Ans: 2, 400

101. A man’s coat costs seven times as much his shirt, but the bill for the two together was Rs.
416. The price of the shirt is

102. The speeds of three cars in the ratio 2:3:4. The ratio between the times taken by three cars
to travel the same distance is

103. Four numbers in the ratio 1:3:4:7 add up to give a sum of 105. Find the value of the biggest
number

104. If the ratio of the ages of Maya and Chhaya is 6:5 at present, and 15 years from now, the
ratio will get changed to 9:8, then find Maya’s present age
a. 28 yrs b. 49 yrs c. 30 yrs d. 14 yrs e. None of these

105. If Rs. 58 is divided among 150 children such that each girl and each boy gets 25p and 50p
respectively. Then how many girls are there?

106. If 391 bananas were distributed among three monkeys in the ratio 1/2:2/3:3/4, how many
bananas did the first monkey get?

107. If two numbers are in the ratio of 5:8 and if 9 be added to each, the ratio becomes 8:11.
Find the lower number

$g
108. What number must be taken from each term of the fraction that it become 2:3?
&%

109. Twenty litres of a mixture contains milk and water in the ratio of 5:3. If four litres of this
mixture is replaced by four litres of milk, then the ratio of milk to water in the new mixture will
be

110. The ratio of Vimal’s age and Aruna’s age is 3:5 and the sum of their ages is 80 years. The
ratio of their ages after 10 years will be

111. The average age of 12 students is 20 years. If the age of one more student is included, the
average decreases by 1, what is the age of the new student?

112. Pushpa is twice as old as Rita was 2 years ago. If the difference of their ages be 2 years,
how old is Pushpa today?

113. Jayesh is as much younger to Anil as he is older to Prashant. If the sum of the ages of Anil
and Prasanth is 48 years, what is the age of Jayesh age?

114. The ratio between the present ages of M and N is 5:3 respectively. The ratio between M’s
age 4 years ago and N’s age after 4 years is 1:1. What is the ratio between M’s age after 4 years
and N’s age 4 years ago?

115. When the son will be as old as the father today, their ages will add up to 136 years. When
the father was as old as the son is today, their ages added upto 40 years. Find the present ages
of the son and father in years?
a. 32,57 b. 32,56 c. 15,35 d. 20,45 e. None of these

116. In a Cricket Eleven, the average age of eleven players is 28 years. Out of these, the average
ages of three groups of three players each are 25 years, 28 years and 30 years respectively. If in
these groups, the captain and the youngest player are not included, and the captain is eleven
years older than the youngest player, what is the age of the captain?

117. Average age of the students in a class of 50 is 13. The weight of each is directly
proportional to the height of each and the height is also found to be in direct proportion with
the age. A student of age 11 has 165 cms of height, with weight being 33 kgs. Find the average
weight of the class

Directions for (Q. No 118 & 119): Refer to the data below and answer the questions that
follow: The average age of A and B is 20 years. If C is to replace A, the average age would be 19
and if he were to replace B, the average would be 21. Also, D is half the age of C

118. Average age of B and D is

119. Average age of A, B, C and D is
a. 15.5 b. 19.5 c. 16.5 d. 17.5 e. None of these

120. 6 friends A, B, C, D, E and F whose ages are in integers have following relation between
% j
their ages. B’s age is times that of A, whereas age of C and D is times that of B. F’s age are
h KM
&
between that of A and B and E is times old as B and 3 years older to A. What is the average
$
weight of all the 6 friends?

121. The sum of the ages of the four members of the Rathore family is 140 years. Five years ago
the ages of the four members Inder, Sunder, Mrs. Rathore and Mr. Rathore were in the ratio of
2:3:7:8. After how many years would Sunder be as old as his mother is today?

122. Many years ago when Mr. Waugh was asked as to who among Steve and Mark is elder, he
said, “In two years from now Steve will be twice as old as he was three years ago and in three
years from now Mark will be three times as old as he was three years ago.” How old is Mark
today, if Mr. Waugh was asked the question 27 years back and who is older Mark or Steve?
a. 25 yrs , mark is older b. 33 yrs , mark is older c. 32 yrs , mark is older
d. 33 yrs , both are of the same age e. None of these

Directions for (Q. No 123-127): These questions are based on the following data. I was visiting
my friend’s house at Tuticorin for the first time. I knew that he has five children, two daughters
and three sons. The daughters were Sonali and Monali and the sons were Surya, Sagar and
Prithvi. When I stepped into the house I was greeted by Sagar and Sonali. Sagar introduced

himself and told that he was twice as old as Sonali. The next to meet me was Monali who said
that she and Sonali together were twice as old as Sagar. However Sagar felt relieved when
Surya walked in and introduced himself and said that he and Sagar were twice as old as their
sisters together. In the afternoon Prithvi came to my room when was relaxing and said “Sorry
Uncle, I was busy with my friends, since it is my 21st birthday today and hence could not meet
you in the morning.” When I greeted him and said that it was fine, he looked relieved and said,
“You know uncle, that the three of us Sugar, Surya and me are five times as old as our sisters
together.” Saying this he went away. Can you help me find out the solution for the following
questions?

123. What is the age of Surya?
a. 13 years 10 months b. 10 years 6 months c. 12 yrs d. 15 yrs 6 months
e. None of these

124. What is the age of Monali?
e. None of these

125. Who is the youngest of the siblings?
a. sonali b. sagar c. surya d. prithvi e. None of these

126. How many years older than Sonali is Monali?
e. None of these

127. After how many years would Surya be twice as old as Sagar?
e. None of these

128. Average age of a father and his two sons is 27 years. Five years ago, the average of age of
the two sons was 12 years. If the difference between the ages of the two sons is 4 years, then
the present age of the father is

129. The average age of 30 boys in a class is 15 years. One boy, aged 20 years, left the class, but
two new boys came in his place whose ages differ by 5 years. If the average age of all the boys
now in the class remains 15 years, the age of the younger newcomer is

130. A father said to his son “I was as old as you are at present at the time of your birth”. If the
father’s age is 38 years now, the son’s age five years back was

131. The average age of 8 persons is increased by 2 years, when one of them, whose age is 24
years is replaced by a new person. The age of the new person is


132. Harsha is 40 years old and Rith is 60 years old. How many years ago was the ratio of their
ages 3:5?

133. The average age of 8 men is increased by 2 years when two of them whose ages are 21
and 23 years are replaced by two new men. The average age of the two new men is

134. My grandfather was 8 times older than me 16 years ago. He would be 3 times my age, 8
years from now. Eight years ago, what was the ratio of my age to that of my grandfather?

135. Ages of ‘A’ and ‘B’ are in the ratio of 2:3 respectively. Six years hence the ratio of their ages
will become 8:11 respectively. What is B’s present age?

136. Jayesh is twice as old as Vijay and half as old as Suresh. If sum of Suresh’s and Vijay’s ages
is 85 years what is Jayesh’s age in years?

137. Six years ago Jagannath was twice as old as Badri if the ratio of their present age is 9:5
respectively, what is the difference between their present ages?

138. Jayesh is as much younger than Anil as he is older than Prasanth. If the sum of the ages of
Anil and Prasanth is 48 years, what is Jayesh’s age in years?

139. The average age of 30 students in a class is 15 years. If 6 students of this class have the
average age of 16 years, then the average of the remaining 24 students would be
a. 13 years 10 months b. 10 years 6 months c. 14 yrs 9 months
d. 15 yrs 6 months e. None of these

140. The sum of the ages of two men is 85. Five years ago the difference between their ages
was 1/9 of the present age of the elder. The elder’s present age is

141. The average age of 10 members of a committee is the same as it was 4 years ago, because
an old member has been replaced by a young member. Find how much younger is the new
member than the old member

142. Father is 5 years older than the mother and the mother’s age is now thrice the daughter’s
age. If the daughter is 10 years old now, what was father’s age, when the daughter was born?

143. The age of Abdul is five times of his daughter and 5 years more than his wife. If the age of
his daughter is 7 years, the age of his wife is

144. 10 years ago, the average age of family of 3 members was 19 years. 2 children Sonu and
Monu having been born, average age of the family is same to date. What is the present age of
the youngest member of the family assuring that Sonu and Monu’s ages differ by 2 years?
a. 2 yrs b. 4 yrs c. 1 yr d. 3 yrs e. None of these

145. Present age of Anand is 47 years and his wife’s age is just 38 years. When they were
married, Anand was exactly one and half as old as his wife. How many years ago they were
married?

146. A said to B ‘I am twice as old as you were when I was old as you are now.” Sum of their
ages is 42. Find their present ages
a. 20 , 24 b. 24 , 18 c. 10 , 15 d. 27 , 35 e. None of these

147. Mr. Singh have five children Dolly, Polly, Molly, Solly and Lolly. Dolly was the eldest and the
children were born in the same sequence such that the age difference between any two
consecutive children is the same. If Dolly is 14 years old, what are the possible ages of Molly, if
the difference in the ages of the children has integral values?
I. 13 years
II. 2 years
III. 11 years
a. only I b. only II c. only III d. I & II e. None of these

148. The captain of a cricket team of 11 players is 25 years old and the wicket keeper is 3 years
older. If the ages of these two are excluded, the average age of the remaining players is 1 year
less than the average of the whole team?

149. The difference in the age, of a mother and her son is 24 years. Four years hence the
mother’s age will be 4 times that of the son’s age. What is the mother’s age?

150. Supriya is 25 years younger than her mother today. Ten years ago, Supriya was one-sixth
as old as her mother. How old is Supriya’s mother now?

151. Ten years ago the average age of a family of 4 members was 24 years. Three children

having been born, the average age of the family is same today. What are the present ages of
children, if two children are identical twins and differ by two years from the elder one?
a. 32,20,20 b. 36,30,30 c. 12,10,10 d. 12,40,40 e. None of these

152. Utpal and Nikil undertook a contract, investing Rs. 7000 and Rs. 8500 respectively. They
earned a profit of Rs. 9300 in the business. What was the share of Nikhil?

153. A and B started a business investing Rs. 20,000 and Rs. 30,000 respectively. A withdrew his
capital after 6 months. At the end of the year A received Rs. 2000 as his share in the profit. How
much was B’s profit?

154. Ajay, Keshav and Vijay invested Rs. 8000, Rs. 4000 and Rs. 8,000 respectively in a business.
Ajay left after six months. If after 8 months there was a profit of Rs. 4005, then what will be the
share of Keshav?

155. Ramesh started a business investing Rs. 30,000. Six months later, Yogesh joined him
investing Rs. 15,000. If they make the profit of Rs. 10,000 at the end of the year, how much
should the share of Ramesh be?

156. In a factory the ratio of male workers to female workers was 5:3. If the number of female
workers was less by 40, what was the total number of workers in the factory?

157. Dilip, Ram and Avtar started a shop by investing Rs. 27000, Rs. 81,000 and Rs. 72,000
respectively. At the end of one year, the profit was distributed. If Ram’s share was Rs. 36000,
what was the total profit?

158. Anuj invested Rs. 80,000 and started a business. After four months, Gopal joined him what
with a capital of Rs. 90,000. If at the end of the year, the total profit earned by them was Rs.
14,000. What was Gopal’s share in it?

159. A started a business investing Rs. 18,000. After three months B joined him investing Rs.
27,000. If at the end of the year, the total profit is Rs. 3,400, what will be A’s share in it?

160. Jeewan started a business investing Rs. 50,000. 4 months after he started. Anil joined him
with a capital of Rs. 90,000. If at the end of the year, the total profit in the business is Rs.
22,000. What would be Anil’s share it?

161. Amal started a business investing Rs. 20,000. Three months later, Kapil joined him
investing Rs. 30,000. If they make a profit of Rs. 6,800 at the end of the year, what would be
kapil’s share?

162. Subodh started a business investing Rs. 45000. After 4 months Nepal joined him investing
Rs. 30,000. If the total profit earned by them at the end of the year is Rs. 13,000. What will be
the difference between their shares?

163. A started with Rs. 4500 and B joined afterwards with Rs. 3000. If the profits at the end of
one year were divided in the ratio 2:1 respectively, then B would have joined A for business
after

164. Srikanth and Vividh started a business investing amounts of Rs 185000 and Rs 225000,
respectively. If Vividh’s share in the profit earned by them is Rs 9000, what is the total profit
earned by them together?

165. A starts a business with Rs. 9000 and B joins him after 6 months with an investment of Rs.
45000. What will be the ratio of the profits of A and B at the end of year?

166. Rajan and Sajan started a business initially with Rs. 14200 and Rs. 15600 respectively. If
total profits at the end of the year are Rs. 74500, what is the Rajan’s share in the profit?

167. Ram, Shyam and Kamal together start a business in partnership. The ratio of their capitals
is 3:4:7. If their annual profit be Rs. 21000, what will be kamal’s share in this profit?

168. Reena, Reema and Meera take a car on rent and they use that car for 14h, 16h and 22h,
respectively. What amount will be paid by Meera, if total rent of the cat is Rs. 2080?

169. Pinku, Rinku and Tinku divide an amount of Rs. 4,200 amongst themselves in the ratio of
7:8:6 respectively. If an amount of Rs. 200 is added to each of their shares, what will be the new
respective ratio of their shares of amount?

170. Ramesh and Priya started a business initially with Rs. 5100 and Rs. 6600, respectively
investments done by both the persons are for different time periods. If the total profit is Rs.
5460, what is the profit of Ramesh?

a. 2530 b. 1540 c. 1640 d. data inadequate e. None of these

171. A, B and C together start a business. B invests 1/6 of the total capital while investments of
A and C are equal. If the annual profit on this investment is Rs. 33600, find the difference
between the profits of B and C

172. Avinash invested an amount of Rs. 25,000 and started a business. Jitendra joined him after
one year with an amount of Rs. 30,000. After two years from starting the business they earned
the profit of Rs, 46,000. What will be Jitendra’s share in the profit?

173. Mr. Nilesh Agarwal opened a workshop investing Rs. 40,000. He invested additional
amount of Rs. 10,000 every year. After two years his brother Suresh joined him with an amount
of Rs. 85,000. Thereafter Suresh did not invest any additional amount. On completion of four
years from the opening of workshop they earned an amount of Rs. 1, 95,000. What will be
Nilesh’s share in the earning?

174. A invests Rs. 3000 for one year in a business. How many B should invest in order that the
profit after 1 year may be divided into ratio of 2:3?

175. Three friends A, B and C started a business by investing amount in the ratio of 5:7:6
respectively. After a period of six months C withdrew half of the amount invested by him. If the
amount invested by A is Rs. 40,000 and the total profit earned at the end of one year is Rs.
33,000. What is C’s share in profit?

176. Mr. Shivkumar started a business investing Rs. 25,000 in 1996. In 1997 he invested an
additional amount of Rs. 10,000 and Mr. Rakesh joined him with an amount of Rs. 35,000. In
1998 Mr. Shivkumar invested another additional amount of Rs. 10,000 and Mr. Suresh joined
them with an amount of Rs. 35,000. What will be Rakesh’s share in the profit of Rs. 1,50,000
earned at the end of three years from the start of the business in 1996?

177. A and B started business with Rs. 3000 and Rs. 4000 respectively. After 8 months a
withdraw Rs. 1000 and B advances Rs. 1000 more. At the end of the year, their profits
amounted to Rs. 630. Then the share of A is

178. A and B started a business jointly. A’s investment was thrice the investment of B and the
period of his investment was two times the period of investment was two times the period of
investment of B. If B received Rs. 4000 as profit, then their total profit is

K
179. A and B are partners in a business. A contributes of the capital for 15 months and B
i
$
received of the profit. Find how long B’s money was used?
&

180. A, B and C are partners of a company. During a particular year A received one-third of the
profit, B received one-fourth of the profit and C received the remaining Rs. 5,000. How much
did A received?

181. A began a business with Rs. 4500 and was joined afterwards by B with Rs. 5400. When did
B join if the profits at the end of the year were divided in the ratio 2:1?
a. after 3 months b. after 6 months c. after 4 months d. after 8 months
e. None of these

182. A and B entered into a partnership investing Rs. 16,000 and Rs. 12,000 respectively. After 3
months, A withdrew Rs. 5000 while B invested Rs. 5000 more. After 3 more months, C joins the
business with a capital of Rs. 21,000. The share of B exceeds that of C, out of a total profit of Rs.
26,400 after one year by

183. A and B started a business jointly. A’s investment was thrice the investment of B and the
period of his investment was two times the period of investment of B. If B received Rs. 4000 as
profit, then their total profit is

184. Rs. 700 is divided among A, B and C so that A receives half as much as B and B half as much
as C. Then C’s share is

185. Manoj received Rs. 6000 as his share out of the total profit of Rs. 9000 which he and
Ramesh earned at the end of one year. If Manoj invested Rs. 20,000 for 6 months, whereas
Ramesh invested his amount for the whole year, what was the amount invested by Ramesh?

186. Yogesh started a business investing Rs. 45,000. After 3 months, Pranab joined him with a
capital of Rs. 60,000. After another 6 months, Atul joined them with a capital of Rs. 90,000. At
the end of the year, they made a profit of Rs. 20,000. What would be Atul’s shate it?

187. Nirmal and Kapil started a business investing Rs. 9000 and Rs. 12000 respectively. After 6
months Kapil withdrew half of his investment. If after a year, the total profit was Rs. 4,600,
what was Kapil’s share in it?

188. Jayant opened a shop investing Rs. 30,000. Madhu joined him 2 months later, investing Rs.
45,000. They earned a profit of Rs. 54,000 after completion of one year. What will be be
Madhu’s share of profit?

189. A, B, C enters into a partnership investing Rs. 35,000, Rs. 45,000 and Rs. 55,000
respectively. The respectively shares of A, B, C in an annual profit of Rs. 40,500 are
a. Rs. 10,500, Rs. 13,500, Rs. 16, 500
b. Rs. 10,500, Rs. 13,500, Rs. 16, 000
c. Rs. 10,500, Rs. 12,500, Rs. 16, 500
d. Rs. 10,000, Rs. 13,500, Rs. 16, 500
e. None of these

190. Arun, Kamal and Vinay invested Rs. 8000, Rs. 4000 and Rs. 8000 respectively in a business.
Arun left after six months, If after eight months, there was a gain of Rs. 4005, then will be the
share of Kamal?

191. Two friends P and Q started a business investing in the ratio of 5:6. R joined them after six
months investing an amount equal to that of Q’s. At the end of the year 20% profit was earned
which was equal to Rs. 98,000. What was the amount invested by R?

192. In a business A and C invested amounts in the ratio 2:1 whereas the ratio between
amounts invested by A and B was 3:2. If Rs. 1,57,300 was their profit, how much amount did B
receive?

193. A and B started a business in partnership investing Rs. 20,000 and Rs. 15,000 respectively.
After six months, C joined them with Rs. 20,000. What will be B’s share in the total profit of Rs.
25,000 earned at the end of 2 years from the starting of the business?

194. A, B and C rent a pasture. A puts 10 oxen for 7 months, B puts 12 oxen for 5 months and C
puts 15 oxen for 3 months for grazing. If the rent of the pasture is Rs. 175, how much C pays as
his share of rent?

195. A and B started a partnership business investing some amount in the ratio of 3:5. C joined
them after six months with an amount equal to that of B. In what proportion should the profit
at the end of one year be distributed among A, B and C?

196. Mr. Nilesh Agarwal opened a workshop investing Rs. 40,000. He invested additional
amount of Rs. 10,000 every year. After two years his brother Suresh joined him with an amount

of Rs. 85,000. Thereafter Suresh did not invest any additional amount. On completion of four
years from the opening of workshop they earned an amount of Rs. 1, 95,000. What will be
Nilesh’s share in the earning?

197. A invests Rs. 3000 for one year in a business. How much B should invest in order that the
profit after may be divided into ratio of 2:3?

198. Three friends A, B and C started a business by investing amount in the ratio of 5:7:6
respectively. After a period of six months C withdrew half of the amount invested by him. If the
amount invested by A is Rs. 40,000 and the total profit earned at the end of one year is Rs.
33,000, what is C’s share in profit?

199. Mr. Shivkumar started a business investing Rs. 25,000 in 1996. In 1997 he invested an
additional amount of Rs. 10,000 and Mr. Rakesh joined him with an amout of Rs. 35,000. In
1998 Mr. Suresh joined them with an amount of Rs. 35,000. What will be Rakesh’s share in the
profit of Rs. 1,50,000 earned at the end of three years from the start of the business in 1996?

200. A and B started business with Rs. 3000 and Rs. 4000 respectively. After 8 months A
withdraws Rs. 1000 and B advances Rs. 1000 more. At the end of the year, their profits
amounted to Rs. 630. Then the share of A is

Answers

1. C 2. D 3. D 4. B 5. C 6. A 7. D 8. B 9. A 10. A
11. B 12. B 13. A 14. C 15. A. 16. B 17. B 18. A 19. A 20. A
21. D 22. A 23. A 24. A 25. A 26. D 27. C 28. D 29. C 30. A
31. D 32. A 33. C 34. C 35. B 36. B 37. D 38. C 39. A 40. B
41. D 42. B 43. B 44. A 45. A 46. C 47. D 48. C 49. B 50. D
51. A 52. D 53. A 54. B 55. A 56. A 57. B 58. B 59. B 60. A
61. A 62. C 63. A 64. B 65. A 66. C 67. B 68. C 69. D 70. B
71. A 72. D 73. B 74. D 75. D 76. B 77. B 78. C 79. C 80. B
81. C 82. D 83. B 84. C 85. E 86. D 87. A 88. C 89. A 90. D
91. A 92. B 93. B 94. D 95. A 96. C 97. B 98. A 99. C 100. A
101. B 102. C 103. B 104. C 105. B 106. E 107. A 108. B 109. C 110. A
111. D 112. A 113. E 114. C 115. B 116. B 117. C 118. B 119. D 120. C
121. B 122. D 123. B 124. B 125. A 126. A 127. A 128. D 129. A 130. B
131. E 132. C 133. E 134. B 135. D 136. B 137. B 138. B 139. C 140. A
141. D 142. A 143. B 144. D 145. A 146. B 147. B 148. E 149. D 150. C
151. C 152. E 153. E 154. A 155. D 156. C 157. D 158. B 159. B 160. A
161. A 162. A 163. A 164. C 165. B 166. D 167. D 168. D 169. B 170. D
171. D 172. D 173. C 174. C 175. A 176. C 177. C 178. B 179. E 180. A
181. E 182. A 183. B 184. C 185. B 186. D 187. B 188. C 189. A 190. B
191. B 192. D 193. A 194. C 195. C 196. B 197. B 198. E 199. B 200. D

Average

Whenever we are asked the marks scored by us in any examination, we usually tell the marks in
percentage, taking the percentage of total marks of all subjects. This percentage is
called average percentage.

Generally speaking averages can be broadly classified into two categories:
1. Mathematical Averages
2. Averages of position

1. Mathematical Averages
Arithmetic average or mean:
The average or mean or arithmetic mean of a number of quantities of the same kind is equal to
their sum divided by the number of those quantities.
Ex: The average of 3, 10, 11, 17, and 24 is

Geometric mean:
Geometric mean of
Geometric mean is useful in calculating averages of ratios such as average population growth
rate, average percentage increase etc.

Harmonic mean:
Harmonic means of is denoted by

Harmonic mean is useful for finding out average speed of a vehicle, average production per day
etc.

2. Averages of position
Median:
If we arrange N numbers in order, increasing or decreasing, the median is the middle number if
N is odd; and the average of the two middle if N is even.

Mode:
The mode of a set of numbers is that value which occurs with the greatest frequency. In other
words, it is the most common value. In general, then mode may not exist or is it exists it may
not be unique.

Formulae
1. Average =
2. Suppose a man covers a certain distance at kmph and an equal distance at kmph. Then,
the average speed during the whole journey is

3. Sum of first n natural number
1 + 2+ 3+ . . . . . . . . + n = n( n + 1) / 2
4. Sum of square of first n natural number
12+ 22 + 32 + 42 +. . . . . + n2 = n( n + 1) (2n+ 1 )/6
5. Sum of cube of first n natural number
13 + 23 + 33 +. . . . . + n3 = [n(n + 1) / 2]2
6. Sum of first n even number
2 + 4 + 6 + . . . . . . . + 2n = n(n + 1)
7. Sum of first n odd number
1 + 3 + 5 + 7 + . . . . . . . + (2n – 1) = n2

Some properties of Average:
i) If each observation is increased by a, the average of these observations will also increase by a.
ii) If each observation is decreased by a, the average of these observations will also decrease by
a.
iii) If each observation is multiplied by a, the average of these observations will also multiply by
a.
iv) If each observation is divided by a, the average of these observations will also divided by a.
v) If there are ‘n’ consecutive odd numbers and we want to find the difference between highest
and lowest number then it will be (n-1) × 2
vi) If there are ‘n’ consecutive even numbers and we want to find the difference between
highest and lowest number then it will be (n-1) × 2

The average score of three students A, B, and C is 50. When the score of another student D is
added to the group, the average score become 47. What is the score of student D?
Answer: for most of you, the score of student D would be 4 × 47 - 3 × 50 = 38.
For me, the calculation would just be 47 - 9 = 38.
Some of you might have understood what I did. Let me start explaining through a simple
example. Then we shall extend our explorations to more complex problems.

The two images above show two beam balances, one with equal arms and the other with the
arms lengths in the ratio 1: 3. The dotted line in both cases shows the average value.
In the first beam balance, if you move any of the pan one unit towards the average value, the
other pan would also move one unit in the direction of the average value to keep the average
constant. For example, let the weights in the two pans be 50 kg and 60 kg. The average is 55 kg.

If you increase the weight in 50 kg pan by one unit (i.e. 51) bringing it nearer to the average,
you will have to decrease the weight in the other pan by one unit (i.e. 59), bringing it one unit

nearer to the average, to keep the average constant.
In the second beam balance, if the arm of length 3 moves 1 unit towards the average, the arm
of length 1 will have to move 3 units towards the average to keep the average constant. For
example, let the weight in pan of 3 unit arm length be 40 kg and the weight in the pan of 1 unit
arm length be 60 kg. Now if I increase the weight in the first pan by 1 unit, I shall have to
decrease the weight in the second pan by 3 units to keep the average constant.

The same rule applies if I am moving a pan away from the average.
Now, understand this- the second beam balance can also be represented with a beam balance
of equal arms but one arm having thrice the weight on the other arm. Savvy? Now let’s see the
problem once again.

Now there are three weights on one arm. The average of the four weights is 47. To move each
of the three weight 3 units away from the average (50 - 47) I shall have to move the weight D
3 × 3 nine units away from the average. Therefore, weight D = 47 - 9 = 38.

Q) Four friends have an average weight of 68. If Rahim is also included in the group, the
average weight becomes 72. what is Rahim’s weight?
Answer: Same process: there are four people at a distance of 4 units from the average weight
of 72. To balance them, we will have to place a person at 4 × 4 = 16 units from 72 on the other
side. Therefore, Rahim’s weight = 72 + 16 = 88.

Q) A batsman in his 20th innings makes a score of 93 and thereby increases his average by 3.
What is the average after 20 innings?
Answer: If you have understood what I have said so far, the new average is nothing but
93 - 57 = 36. Let the new average be A. Therefore, there are 19 scores at a distance of 3 units
from A. To balance these scores we need one score (which is 93) 19 × 3 = 57 units from A on the
other side. Therefore A = 93 - 57 = 36.

Ex.1: Find the average of all prime numbers between 30 and 50?
Sol: There are five prime numbers between 30 and 50.
They are 31,37,41,43 and 47.
Therefore the required average = (31+37+41+43+47)/5 = 199/5 = 39.8

Ex.2. Find the average of first 40 natural numbers?
Sol: Sum of first n natural numbers = n(n+1)/2 ;
So, sum of 40 natural numbers = (40×41)/2 = 820.
Therefore the required average = (820/40) = 20.5

Ex.3. Find the average of first 20 multiples of 7?
Sol: Required average =7(1+2+3+…….+20)/20 or (7×20×21)/(20×2) = (147/2) = 73.5

Ex.4. The average of four consecutive even numbers is 27. find the largest of these numbers?
Sol: Let the numbers be x,x+2,x+4 andx+6. then,
[{x+(x+2)+(x+4)+(x+6)}/4] = 27 or (4x+12)/4 = 27 or x+3 =27 or x = 24.
Therefore the largest number = (x+6) = 24+6 = 30.

Ex.5. There are two sections A and B of a class consisting of 36 and 44 students respectively. If
the average weight of section A is 40kg and that of section B is 35kg, find the average weight
of the whole class?
Sol: Total weight of (36 + 44) students = (36×40 + 44×35)kg = 2980kg.
Therefore weight of the total class = (2980/80)kg = 37.25kg.

Ex:6. Nine persons went to a hotel for taking their meals 8 of them spent Rs.12 each on their
meals and the ninth spent Rs.8 more than the average expenditure of all the nine.What was
the total money spent by them?
Sol: Let the average expenditure of all nine be Rs.x
Then 12×8 + (x+8) = 9x or 8x = 104 or x = 13.
Total money spent = 9x = Rs.(9×13) = Rs.117.

Ex.7: Of the three numbers, second is twice the first and is also thrice the third. If the average
of the three numbers is 44.Find the largest number.
Sol: Let the third number be x.
Then second number = 3x.
First number = 3x/2.
Therefore x+3x+(3x/2) = (44×3) or x = 24
So largest number = 2nd number = 3x = 72.

Ex.8: The average of 25 results is 18.The average of first 12 of them is 14 & that of last 12 is
17.Find the 13th result.
Sol: Clearly 13th result = (sum of 25 results) – (sum of 24 results)
=(18×25) – (14×12)+(17×12) = 450 – (168+204) = 450 – 372 = 78.

Ex.9: The Average of 11 results is 16, if the average of the 1st 6 results is 58 & that of the last
63. Find the 6th result?
Sol: 6th result = (58×6 + 63×6 – 60×11) = 66

Ex.10:The average weight of A,B,C is 45 Kg. The average weight of A & B be 40Kg & that of B,C
be 43Kg. Find the weight of B.
Sol. Let A, B, C represent their individual weights.
Then, A + B+ C = (45×3) Kg = 135 Kg
A+ B = (40×2) Kg = 80 Kg & B + C = (43×2)Kg = 86Kg
B = (A+B)+(B+C) – (A+B+C) = (80+86 –135)Kg = 31Kg.

Ex. 11. The average age of a class of 39 students is 15 years. If the age of the teacher be
included, then the average increases by3 months. Find the age of the teacher.
Sol. Total age of 39 persons = (39 × 15) years = 585 years.
Average age of 40 persons = 15 yrs 3 months = 61/4 years.
Total age of 40 persons = ((61/4 ) × 40) years = 610 years.
:. Age of the teacher = (610 – 585) years=25 years.

Ex. 12. The average weight of 10 oarsmen in a boat is increased by 1.8 kg when one of the
crew, who weighs 53 kg is replaced by a new man. Find the weight of the new man.
Sol. Total weight increased = (1.8 × 10) kg = 18 kg.
:. Weight of the new man = (53 + 18) kg = 71 kg.

Ex. 13. There were 35 students in a hostel. Due to the admission of 7 new students, ; the
expenses of the mess were increased by Rs. 42 per day while the average expenditure per
head diminished by Rs 1. What was the original expenditure of the mess?
Sol. Let the original average expenditure be Rs. x. Then,
42 (x – 1) – 35x = 42 or 7x = 84 or x =12.
Original expenditure = Rs. (35 × 12) = Rs. 420.

Ex.14. A batsman makes a score of 87 runs in the 17th inning and thus increases his average
by 3. Find his average after 17th inning.
Sol. Let the average after 17th inning = x.
Then, average after 16th inning = (x –3).
:. 16 (x – 3) + 87 = 17x or x = (87 – 48) = 39.

Ex.15. Distance between two stations A and B is 778 km. A train covers the journey from A to
B at 84 km per hour and returns back to A with a uniform speed of 56 km perhour. Find the
average speed of the train during the whole journey.
Sol. Required average speed = ((2xy)/(x+y)) km / hr = (2 × 84 × 56)/(84+56)km/hr
= (2 × 84 × 56)/140 km/hr =67.2 km/hr.

Ex. 16. In the first 10 overs of a cricket game, the run rate was only 3.2. What should be the
run rate in the remaining 40 overs to reach the target of 282 runs?
Sol.
282 - (3.2 x 10) 250
Required run rate = = = 6.25

40 40

Ex. 17. A grocer has a sale of Rs. 6435, Rs. 6927, Rs. 6855, Rs. 7230 and Rs. 6562 for 5
consecutive months. How much sale must he have in the sixth month so that he gets an
average sale of Rs. 6500?
Sol. Total sale for 5 months = Rs. (6435 + 6927 + 6855 + 7230 + 6562) = Rs. 34009.
Required sale = Rs. [ (6500 x 6) - 34009 ]
= Rs. (39000 - 34009)
= Rs. 4991.

Ex. 18. A pupil's marks were wrongly entered as 83 instead of 63. Due to that the average
marks for the class got increased by half (1/2). The number of pupils in the class is:
Sol. Let there be 𝑥 pupils in the class.
1 𝑥
Total increase in marks = 𝑥 x =

2 2
𝑥 𝑥
= (83 - 63) = 20 𝑥 = 40.
2 2

Ex. 19. A library has an average of 510 visitors on Sundays and 240 on other days. The average
number of visitors per day in a month of 30 days beginning with a Sunday is:
Sol. Since the month begins with a Sunday, to there will be five Sundays in the month.
510 x 5 + 240 x 25
Required average =

30

8550
=

30
= 285

Ex. 20. The captain of a cricket team of 11 members is 26 years old and the wicket keeper is 3
years older. If the ages of these two are excluded, the average age of the remaining players is
one year less than the average age of the whole team. What is the average age of the team?
Sol. Let the average age of the whole team by x years.
11x - (26 + 29) = 9(x -1)
11x - 9x = 46
2x = 46
x = 23.
So, average age of the team is 23 years.

Ex. 21. The average age of husband, wife and their child 3 years ago was 27 years and that of
wife and the child 5 years ago was 20 years. The present age of the husband is:
Sol. Sum of the present ages of husband, wife and child = (27 x 3 + 3 x 3) years = 90 years.
Sum of the present ages of wife and child = (20 x 2 + 5 x 2) years = 50 years.
Husband's present age = (90 - 50) years = 40 years.

Ex. 22. In Arun's opinion, his weight is greater than 65 kg but less than 72 kg. His brother
doest not agree with Arun and he thinks that Arun's weight is greater than 60 kg but less than
70 kg. His mother's view is that his weight cannot be greater than 68 kg. If all are them are
correct in their estimation, what is the average of different probable weights of Arun?
Sol. Let Arun's weight by X kg.
According to Arun, 65 < X < 72
According to Arun's brother, 60 < X < 70.
According to Arun's mohter, X <= 68

The values satisfying all the above conditions are 66, 67 and 68.
66 + 67 + 68 201
Required average = = = 67 kg.

3

3

Ex. 23. The average of 20 numbers is zero. Of them, at the most, how many may be greater
than zero?
Sol. Average of 20 numbers = 0.
Sum of 20 numbers (0 x 20) = 0.
It is quite possible that 19 of these numbers may be positive and if their sum is a then 20th
number is (-a).

Ex. 24. The average of k numbers is 20, and the average of 10 of these numbers is 10. In terms
of k, find the average of the remaining numbers.
Sol. The total of the k numbers is 20k, and the total of 10 out of the 20 numbers is 10 10 =
100. So, the total of the remaining (k – 10) numbers is 20k – 100, and their average is
20(k – 5)/ (k – 10)

Ex. 25. The average score of 11 students is 50. If the average of the first 6 students is 49 and
that of the last 6 is 52, find the score of the 6th student.
Sol. Total score of 11 students = 50 11 = 550
Total score of first 6 students = 6 49 = 294
Total score of last 6 students = 6 52 = 312
Total score of first 6 and last 6 students = 312 + 294 = 606
Score of the 6th student = 606 – 550 = 56

Ex. 26. Out of 36 students in a hostel, 19 left. Due to this, the expenditure of the mess
decreased by $48 per day, while the average expenditure per head increased by $5. What is
the sum of original expenditure and the new expenditure per day of the mess?
Sol. Let the average mess expenditure per student be x.
Then, total expenditure = 36 x.
After 19 students left, new expenditure = 36x – 48
According to the question
&hONie
= (x + 5)
Kg
36x – 48 = 17x + 85
19x = 133
x = 7
Sum of original expenditure and new expenditure of mess
= 36x + 36x – 48 = 72x – 48 = 456

Ex. 27. The average temperature for Monday, Tuesday and Wednesday was 55o; the average
for Tuesday, Wednesday and Thursday was 60o; and the temperature for Thursday was 56o.
Find the temperature on Monday.
Sol. Total temperature for (M + T + W) = 3 ´ 55o = 165o----------(1)
Total temperature for (T + W + Th) = 3 ´ 60o = 180o.----------(2)

On solving (1) and (2)
Th – M = 15
56 – M = 15
Mon = 41o.

Ex. 28. If a, b, c, d, e are five consecutive odd numbers, find their average in terms of ‘a’.
Sol. a, b, c, d, e are five consecutive odd numbers. Therefore, b = a + 2, c = b + 2 = a + 4
d = c + 2 = a + 6 and e = d + 2 = a + 8
Average of the five numbers = (5a + 20)/5 = a + 4.

Ex. 29. Four years ago, the average age of four friends was 21 years. Now, with a fifth friend
joining the group, their average is 24 years. What is the present age of the new friend?
Sol. Total age of all friends including new friend = 24 5 = 120 years
Present age of the new friend = new total of ages – old total of ages
120 – 100 = 20 years

Ex. 30. A tree is 8.4 m tall, another is half its height and the third one is its quarter. What is
the average height of the trees?
Sol. Height of the first tree = 8.4 m tall
Height of the second tree = ½ 8.4 = 4.2 m
Height of the third tree = ¼ 8.4 = 2.1 m
Total height = 8.4 + 4.2 + 2.1 = 14.7
Ki.g
Average height = = 4.9 m.
&

Ex. 31. The average monthly rainfall for a year in Tokyo is 2.7 inches. The average for the first
7 months is 1.1 inches less than the annual average. If the total rainfall for the next 4 months
is 20.8 inches, calculate the rainfall in the last month.
Sol. The total rainfall for a year = 12 2.7 = 32.4 inches.
For the first 7 months average rainfall is 1.1 inches less than the average annual rainfall
Hence, average rainfall for the first 7 months = 2.7 – 1.1 = 1.6 inches
Total rainfall for the first 7 months = 7 1.6 = 11.2
Total rainfall for the last 4 months = 20.8 inches
Hence, rainfall in last month = Annual rainfall – [total rainfall of first 7 and next 4 months]
= 32.4 – [11.2 + 20.8] = 32.4 – 32 = 0.4 inches

Ex. 32. Average number of marks scored by 60 students in a class was 32.5. The marks of one
student were altered from 88 to 78 and marks of another were altered from 13 to 43. What
was the new average?
Sol. Total marks of 60 students = 60 32.5 = 1950
Decrease in marks of the first student = 88 – 78 = 10
And increase in marks of the other student = 43 – 13 = 30
Total variation in marks = 1950 – 10 + 30 = 1970.
KjgM
Now new average = = 32.83.
hM

Ex. 33. A shopkeeper earned $504 in 12 days. His average income for the first 4 days was $40
a day. His average income for the remaining days was :
Sol. Money earned in 12 days = $504
Money earned in first 4 days = 4 40 = 160
Money earned in last 8 days = 504 – 160 = 344
&ii
Average for remaining days = = $43.
e

Ex. 34. A team of eight marksmen entered a shooting competition. The best marksman scored
85 points. If he had scored 92 points, the average for the team would have been 84. How
many points altogether did the team score?
Sol. Let the average points scored by the team of 8 marksmen be x
Total points = 8x
Now if best marksman scored 92 points instead of 85, then change in points = 92 – 85 = 7
eOPg
New average = = 84
e
8x + 7 = 672
8x = 665
Total points scored by the team = 8x = 665 points.

Ex. 35. It takes Bob 2t minutes to complete form A, which has k questions, and 3t minutes to
complete form B which has k/2 questions. If Bob answers all the questions, his average time
to answer a form B question is how many minutes longer than his average time to answer a
form A question?
Sol. k questions in form A take 2t minutes. So, one question in form A will take 2t/k minutes.
Similarly k/2 questions in form B take 3t minutes. So, one question in form B takes 3t/(k/2) or
6t/k minutes. So, the difference in time = 6t/k – 2t/k = 4t/k minutes.

Ex. 36. A publisher incurs a fixed expense of $2000 towards composing and other activities in
printing a book. A variable cost of $2.25 per book is incurred towards paper, binding charges
etc. What is the average cost per book if 40000 copies are printed?
Sol. Fixed expenses = 2000
Now total variable cost = $2.25 ´ 40000
XdO\c qW`_Pz^]d^p{\ qW`_
Total average cost =
YW.WX pWWs`
$MMMP$.%×iMMM $MMM K
= = + 2.25 = + 2.25 = $2.30.
iMMMM iMMMM $M

Ex. 37. The average monthly salary of an office consisting of 120 clerks, 1 superintendent and
one manager is $1500. If the manager and the superintendent have monthly salaries of $3000
and $2000 respectively, what is the average monthly salary of the clerks?
Sol. Total monthly salary = $1500 (120 clerks + 1 suptt. + 1 manager)
= 1500 122 = $183000
Total salary after Suptt. & Manager leave = 183000 – (2000 + 3000)
= 183000 – 5000 = $178000
KgeMMM
Now new monthly average salary = = $1483.34
K$M

Ex. 33. Three dogs weigh 6, 12 and 9 kg respectively. The weight of the heaviest dog is how
much more than the average weight of the three dogs?
Sol. Weight of three dogs 6, 12 and 9 kg.
hPK$Pj $g
Average of weight of three dogs = = = 9 kg
& &
Heaviest dog is 12 kg
Difference = 12 – 9 = 3 kg

Ex. 34. The average of 3 integers s, t and 8 is 12. Which of the following cannot be the value of
the product st?
(a) 27 (b) 52 (c) 56 (d) 160
Sol. It is given that (s + t + 8)/3 = 12. So s + t = 36 – 8 = 28. Since all the answer choices are
positive integers, we can assume that s and t are positive integers. Now we will have to try and
the eliminate the answers choices whose values can be equal to s × t such that s + t = 28. (1) is
possible because 27 × 1 = 27, (2) is also possible because, 26 × 2 = 52, (5) is possible as
14 × 14 = 196. Also (4) is possible as 20 × 8 = 160. So we are left with choice (3) only and it is the
right answer

Ex. 35. Ann, Jack, Carl and Linda own a total of 43 T-shirts. If 10 of the T-shirts belong to Ann,
what is the average number of T-shirts owned by each of the others?
Sol. The number of T shirts owned by Jack, Carl and Linda is 43 – 10 = 33.
&&
So, the average number owned by them is = 11.
&

Ex. 36. The average score of a cricketer in a certain number of innings is 15. When he scored
zero in one innings, his average dropped to 13.5. How many innings have been played
including the last one?
Sol. Let the number of innings = x
Total runs scored by the player = 15x
New number of innings = x + 1
Also new average = 13.5
So, (15x + 0)/(x + 1) = 13.5
Number of innings played including the latest one = 9 + 1 = 10.

Ex. 37. The average age of a class of 30 students and a teacher reduces by 0.5 years, if we
exclude the teacher. If the initial average is 14 years, find the age of the class teacher.
Sol. Average age of 30 students and 1 teacher = 14 years.
Total age of 31 persons = 31 × 14 = 434 years.
Average age of 30 students = 14 - 0.5 = 13.5 years
Total age of 30 students = 30 × 13.5 = 405 years
Age of teacher = 434 - 405 = 29 years.

Exercise

1. The average runs scored by the eleven players of a cricket team is 60. If the runs scored by
the captain are neglected, the average of runs scored by the remaining players increases by 5.
How many runs were scored by the captain?
a. 8 b. 9 c. 8.5 d. 10 e. None of these

2. In a certain company, the average production by 18 employees is 400 units per month. If the
total production per month is increased by 180 units, then will be the average production of
each employee?

3. The number of students in each section of a school is 24. After admitting the new students,
three new sections were started. Now the total number of section is 16 and there are 21
students in each section. The number of new students admitted is

4. The total of three consecutive even numbers is 36 more than the average of these three
numbers. Which of the following is the second of these three numbers?

5. A man walks for 1 hours at the speed in 6km per hour. Then he walks 10km in 1 hours.
What is his average speed in km per hour for the whole journey?

6. The average salary of Prakash, Jayesh and Kailash is Rs. 1100. The average salary of Prakash
and Kailash is Rs. 900. What is Jayesh’s salary?

7. The average of the runs made by 10 players in a cricket team of 11 players is 43. If the
eleventh player’s runs are also considered, the average of 11 players runs decreases by 1. How
many runs did the eleventh player make?

8. The average of 7 numbers is 25. If each of the numbers is multiplied b 5, find the average of
new set of numbers

9. The number of students in each section of a school is 24. After admitting the new students,
three new sections were started. Now the total number of sections is 16 and there are 21
students in each section. The number of new students admitted is

10. The average of runs scored by the 11 players of a cricket team is 60. If the runs scored by
the captain are neglected, the average of runs scored by the remaining players increases by 5.
How many runs were scored by the captain?

11. Average scores of 50 students in a class is 44. Later on, it was found that a score 23 was
incorrectly recorded as 73. The correct average score is

12. The average weight of 10 oarsmen in a boat is increased by 2.5 kg when one of the crew,
who weights 64 kg is replaced by a new man. Find the weight of the new man

13. If the sum of three consecutive odd numbers is 213. Find the first term.

14. Of the three numbers, the average of the first and the second is greater than the average of
the second and the third by 15. What is the difference between the first and the third of the
three number

15. If the average of ‘n’ terms is X then the sum of ‘n’ terms=
a. n/X b. n2X c. nX d. X/n e. None of these

16. Find the average of first 6 odd multiples of 4

17. A student walks to his school at 5 km/hr and then goes back on a cycle at 15 km/hr. Find the
average speed for the whole journey in km/hr
a. 4.3 b. 8.9 c. 8 d. 7.5 e. None of these

18. Find the average of first 200 natural numbers.
a. 100 b. 90 c. 100.5 d. 90.5 e. None of these

19. I went to a hotel along with 12 friends. I paid Rs. 145 and all the others paid an equal
amount. In the end when we did some calculations, we found that the average sum paid by all
of us was Rs. 5 more than what was originally paid by each of my friends. How much money did
each of my friends pay?

20. There are 20 students in Mr. Talwar’s class. Once he conducted an examination out of 100.
He then arranged the marks in the ascending order. He found that Rohit, the topper of the class
slipped to the tenth position. When he was adding the scores of the last 11 students the
average was 64 and that of the top 10 was 67. If the average mark obtained by all the students
of his class was 65, how many marks did Rohit score?


21. Mr. Rawat was sitting idle in his home. He was making some calculations and he found that
his age was 58 years less than the square of the age of his son. He further made some
calculations and made a statement that the sum of the squares, of the sum and the product of
the digits in his age, was 100. Find the age of his son
a. 8 b. 9 c. 8.5 d. 10 e. None of these

22. In a recent survey of 800 socialities, it was found that 3% of them attended one party a
week on an average. Of the other 97% it was found that half attended an average of two parties
a week and the other half did not attend any party. How many party attenders were there in an
average week?

23. If average of 8 consecutive even numbers is 64, what is the difference between the smallest
and the largest numbers?

24. The average of 3 numbers is 27 and that of first two is 18. The third number is

25. Nine men went to a hotel. 8 of them spent Rs. 3 each over their meals and the ninth spent
Rs. 2 more than the average expenditure of all the nine. The total money spent by all of them
was
a. 28 b. 29 c. 24 d. 29.25 e. None of these

26. The salary bill for the month of May in respect of 4 stenos and 2 clerk in an office was Rs.
16,000. On June 1st, one steno left and one clerk was appointed by which, the monthly salary
bill was reduced by Rs. 1,000. What is the monthly salary of each of the clerk?

Directions for Q 27 & 28: Read the given data and answer the questions given. A batsmen’s
average score for a certain number of innings was 21.75 per innings. He played 3 innings more
and scored 28, 34 and 37 runs respectively. Thus increasing his average by 1.25
27. How many innings did he play in all?

28. What was his total score?

29. In the month of July of a certain year, the average daily expenditure of an organization was
Rs. 68. For the first 15 days of the month, the average daily expenditure was Rs. 85 and for the
last 17 days, Rs. 51. Find the amount spent by the organization on the 15th of the month
a. 28 b. 29 c. 34 d. 29.25 e. None of these
30. In 1919, W. Rhodes, the Yorkshire cricketer, scored 891 runs for his country at an average of

34.27, in 1920, he scored 949 runs at an average of 28.75, in 1921, 1329 runs at an average of
42.87 and in 1922, 1101 runs at an average of 36.70. What was his batting average for the four
years?
a. 35 b. 33.50 c. 35.58 d. 29.25 e. None of these

31. In hotel Jaysarmin, the rooms are numbered from 101 to 130 on the first floor, 221 to 260
on the second floor and 306 to 345 on the third floor. In the month of June 2002, the room
occupancy was 60% on the first floor, 40% on the second floor and 75% on the third floor. If it
also known that the room charges are Rs. 200, Rs. 100 and Rs. 150 on each of the floors, then
find the average income per room for the month of June 2002

32. A salesman gets a bonus according to the following structure: If he sells articles worth Rs. X
then he gets a bonus of Rs. (x/100-1). In the month of January, his sales value was Rs. 100, in
February it was Rs. 200, from March to November it was Rs. 300 for every month and in
December it was Rs. 1200. Apart from this, he also receives a basic salary for Rs. 30 per month
from his employer. Find his average income per month during the year

33. The weight of a body as calculated by the average of 7 different experiments is 53.735 g.
The average of the first three experiments is 54.005 g of the fourth is 0.004 g greater than the
fifth, while the average of the sixth and seventh experiment was 0.010 g less than the average
of the first three. Find the weight of the body obtained by the fourth experiment

34. There are five boxes in a cargo hold. The weight of the first box is 200 kg and the weight of
the second box is 20% higher than the weight of the third box, whose weight is 25% higher than
the first box’s weight. The fourth box at 350 kg is 30% lighter than the fifth box. Find the
difference in the average weight of the four heaviest boxes and the four lightest boxes
a. 35 kg b. 70 kg c. 75 kg d. 80 kg e. None of these

35. For question 34 find the difference in the average weight of the heaviest three and the
lightest three
a. 135.5 kg b. 133.5 kg c. 133.33 kg d. 129.25 kg e. None of these

36. 19 persons went to a hotel for a combined dinner party. 13 of them spent Rs. 79 each on
their dinner and the rest spent Rs. 4 more than the average expenditure of all the 19. What was
the total money spent by them?

37. The average weight of 5 men is decreased by 3 kg when one of them weighting 150 kg is
replaced by another person. This new person is again replaced by another person whose weight
is 30 kg lower than the person he replaced. What is the overall change in the average due to
this dual chance?
a. 10 b. 9.5 c. 9.25 d. 9 e. None of these

38. The weight of person is partly proportional to the amount of daily intake of calories and
partly proportional to his age. A person aged 36 yrs weighs 61 kg when his intake is 2500
calories everyday while a person aged 60 yrs weighs 70 g when he takes in 1000 calories per
day. How many would a person of age 24 yrs weight when his calorie intake is 3000 per day?

39. The average score of the first 3 students in an examination is greater than that of the first 5
students by 20, but the total score of the first 3 is less than that of the first 5 by 70. Find the
total score of the first 3 students

40. A man’s average expenditure for the first 4 months of the year was Rs. 251.25. For the next
5 months the average monthly expenditure was Rs. 26.27 more than what it was during the
first 4 months. If the person spent Rs. 760 in all during the remaining 3 months of the year, find
what percentage(approximate) of his annual income of Rs. 3000 he saved in the year
a. 8 % b. 5 % c. -5 % d. -7 % e. None of these

41. There were 42 students in a hostel. Due to the admission of 13 new students, the expenses
of mess increase by Rs. 31 per day while the average expenditure per head diminished by Rs. 3.
What was the original expenditure of the mess?

42. The average weight of boys of Anil’s age and height is 48 kg and if Anil weights 110% of
average, then Anil’s weights
a. 28 kg b. 54.8 kg c. 52.8 kg d. 27 kg e. None of these

43. The average of n consecutive whole numbers will always be a whole number if
a. n is even b. n is odd c. both a. and b. is possible d. data inadequate
e. None of these

44. The average of 13 results is 60. If the average of seven results is 57 and that of last seven is
58, find the 7th result

45. The average score of a cricketer for 10 matches is 49.7 runs. If the average for the first
seven matches are 45. What is the average for the last 3 matches?
a. 60.66 b. 60 c. 62.5 d. 65 e. None of these

46. Number B is 70 more than twice the number A. Number C is 10 more than twice the
number B. If the average of A, B and C is 120. What is the value of C?

47. The average of first five multiplies of 9 is

48. The average monthly salary of 30 workers in a firm is Rs. 990. If the salary of the officer is
added the average increases by Rs. 30. What is the monthly salary of the officer?

49. The average weight of P, Q and R is 75 kg. If the average weight of P and Q is 60 kg and that
of Q and R is 67 kg then the weight of Q is

50. The average marks obtained by 35 students was 120. If the average of passed candidates
was 130 and that of failed candidates was 60, the number of candidates who passed the
examination

51. The average of 6 numbers is 32. If one number is excluded the average becomes 30. The
excluded number is

52. The average of 21 numbers is 32. The average of first 11 of these numbers is 23 and the
average of the last 11 of these numbers is 32. What is the twelth number?

53. The average marks of 50 students in a class is 60. The average of those who pass is 75 and
those who fail is 50. How many students did fail?

54. The average marks of 40 students in a subject is 65. The average of those who passed is 75
and those who failed is 35. How many students did pass?

55. The average of runs made by 11 players in a cricket team is 75, If the captain’s runs is not
considered, the average of the runs made by the remaining players increases by 4. How many
runs did captain make?

56. The average of three whole numbers is 36. The smallest number is one-third of the largest
number. The middle number is twice the smallest number. Find out the middle number

57. The average marks in Tamil, History and Maths is 45. The average marks in Science, Maths
and History is 50. If marks in Science are 40, what should be the marks in Tamil?

58. The average score of a cricketer for 10 matches is 39.9 runs. If the average for the first five
matches is 39 then what is the average score for the last five matches?

59. Of the three number, the first is twice the second and the second is thrice the third. If the
average of the three numbers be 20, find the first number

60. The average salary per head of the entire staff of an office including the clerks is Rs. 60. The
average salary per head of the officer is Rs. 400 and that of the clerks is Rs. 56. Given that the
number of officers is 13, find the number of clerks in the office

61. The average collection in a week of Cinema hall is Rs.10, 504. The average collection of 6
days excluding Friday is Rs.9, 544. What is the collection on Thursday?

62. The average marks of 96 students in a class is 90. The average marks of the girls in the class
is 80 and the average marks of the boys in the class is 100. What is the ration between the
number of boys and girls in the class?

63. The average of two numbers is x. If one number is y then the other number is
a. 2x - y b. 2y - x c. x - y d. y - x e. None of these

64. The average weight of three men X, Y and Z is 80 kg. Another man W joins the group and
the average of the group becomes 78 kg. If another man V whose weight is 5 kg more than of W
replaces X, then the average weight of Y, Z, W and V becomes 76 kg. The weight of X is

65. The daily earnings of a Auto rickshaw driver a week are Rs 106.30, Rs 178.40, Rs 198.30, Rs
167.50, Rs 175.00, Rs 139.70 and Rs 155.50 respectively. Find his average daily earning for the
week?

66. 13 Tables and 8 Chairs were bought for Rs 5678. If the average price of a table be Rs 206,
what is the average price of a chair?

67. The average monthly expenditure of a family was Rs 2100 during first 3 months, Rs 2520
during next 4 months and Rs 2652 during last 5 months of the year. If the total saving during
the year be Rs. 1440, find average monthly income?

68. The average weight of 40 students of a class is 55 kgs. One of the students whose weight is
47 kgs is replaced by another student and the average weight was increased by 300 grams. Find
the weight of the new student.

69. The average weight of 8 children is 21.5 kgs. Two of them weight 20.4 kg and 22 kgs
respectively. What is the average weight of remaining six?

70. There are three numbers, the second is 1/4th of the first and the third is half of the second.
If the average of the three numbers is 99, find the second number

71. The average of the first 150 natural numbers is

72. What is the average of the cubes of the first six counting numbers (i.e.) find the average of
13, 23, 33, 43, 53, 63

73. The average of 8 numbers is 6. What is the 9th number so that average becomes 8.

74. A batsman in his 14th innings makes a score of 73 runs and there by increases his average
score by 3. What is his average after the 14th innings? He had never been ‘not out’?

75. The average of first six prime numbers is

76. The average score of a cricketer for 10 matches is 49.8 runs. If the average for the first 6
matches is 54, find the average for the last 4 matches

77. The average weight of 9 persons is increased by 4 kg when one of them whose weight is 65
kg is replaced by a new man. The weight of the new man is

78. The sum of three numbers is 175. If the ration between first and second be 5:6 and that
between second and third be 9:11, then the second number is

79. The average temperature of first 3 days in 32°C and of the next 3 days is 29°C. If the average
of the whole week is 31.5°C, the temperature of the last day is
a. 33.5°C b. 37.5°C c. 35.5°C d. 39.5°C e. None of these

80. On a journey across Jaipur, a car’s average speed is 40km/hr for 50% of the distance, 30
km/hr for 20% of it and 20 km/hr for the remaining distance. The average speed for the whole
journey is
a. 25 km/hr b. 29 km/hr c. 30 km/hr d. 35 km/hr e. None of these

Answers

1. D 2. E 3. D 4. A 5. C 6. C 7. A 8. D 9. D 10. D
11. A 12. B 13. A 14. A 15. C 16. E 17. D 18. C 19. C 20. C
21. D 22. A 23. C 24. B 25. D 26. D 27. D 28. D 29. C 30. C
31. C 32. B 33. B 34. C 35. C 36. E 37. D 38. B 39. E 40. C
41. E 42. C 43. B 44. B 45. A 46. E 47. D 48. D 49. B 50. C
51. A 52. D 53. C 54. E 55. B 56. C 57. B 58. D 59. C 60. E
61. D 62. B 63. A 64. B 65. C 66. C 67. C 68. A 69. B 70. D
71. A 72. B 73. A 74. A 75. C 76. B 77. A 78. B 79. B 80. B

Percentage

The word "percentage" literally means "per hundred" or "for every hundred." Therefore,
whenever you calculate something as a part of 100, that part is numerically termed as
percentage.
In other words, percentage is a ratio whose second term is equal to 100. For example, 1:4 can
be written as 25: 100 or 25%, 3: 8 can be written as 37.5: 100 or 37.5%, 3: 2 can be written as
150: 100 or 150%, and so on.

IMPORTANT CONCEPTS ASSOCIATED WITH PERCENTAGE

Basic formula of percentage:

Percentage of:

Commodity Price Increase/Decrease:

If the price of a commodity increases by R%, then the reduction in consumption so as not to
increase the expenditure is:

𝑅
×100 %
(100 + 𝑅)

If the price of the commodity decreases by R%, then to maintain the same expenditure by
increasing the consumption is:

𝑅
×100 %
(100 − 𝑅)

Percentage increase/decrease:
Percentage increase/decrease when a quantity a increase/decreases to become another
quantity b is

Percentage less than/greater than:
Have a look at the picture given below:

You can see that Johnny is taller than Vicky. What will your answer be if I ask
(a) By what percentage is Johnny taller than Vicky?
(b) By what percentage is Vicky shorter than Johnny?
Answer:

Therefore, to find the final quantity after a 20% increase, we can directly multiply the old
quantity by a factor of 1.2 and get the new quantity. Similarly, for a 20% decrease, we can
multiply the old quantity by 0.8 and get the new quantity. The factors to be multiplied for
various percentage increase/decrease are given below:

The biggest advantage of using the factors is that for subsequent percentage
increase/decrease, we just keep on multiplying the corresponding factors and get the final
quantity.

Solved examples

Ex. 1. There has been a 30% increase in the production of milk chocolates in Amul Dairy this
month. If the production this month is 9,100 boxes of milk chocolates, what was it one month
ago?
KMMP"
Sol. Increased amount = Original amount × , where p = 30%, Original amount = Increased
KMM
amount = 9,100
KMMP&M
9,100 = N x
KMM

jKMM×KMM
N =
K&M
N = 7,000 boxes/month.

Ex. 2. A and B are two numbers such that B – A = P and B = P% more than A.
Find B in terms of P
Sol. If A = 100,
then B = 100 + P
and hence B – A = P, satisfies.

Ex. 3. a, b, c, d are 4 numbers, such that b is 50% of a, c is 25% less than b and d is 10% more
than c. If a is k% higher than d, what is the value of k?
^
Sol. b =
$
&
c = b
i
KK KK & &&
d = c = × b = a
KM KM i eM
^Nc
So a is × 100% more than ‘d’
c
SS
^N ^
i.e. |}
SS × 100
|}

ig
× 100 = 142%
&&

Ex. 4. The population of a town increased by 3% in a given interval but it would have been
1,500 less, if there had been a decrease of 2%. Find the original population
Sol. Earlier there was an increase of 3%, instead if then there is a decrease of 2%, it means
there is net change of 5% in population.
Thus 5%of total population = 1,500.
Total population = 30,000.

Ex. 5. India scored a total of x runs in 50 overs. Sri Lanka tied the scores in 10% less overs. If
India had scored 30 runs more, then Sri Lanka would have tied it in 50 overs at the same run
rate. Find how many runs were scored by India.
O
Sol. Average run rate of India =
%M
O
Avg. run rate of Sri Lanka =
%M
If India scored (x + 30) runs, then, Sri Lanka tied the match in 50 overs.
O
That means, × 50 = x + 30
i%
50x = 45x + 45 × 30
i%×&M
x = = 270.
%

Ex. 6. The number of boys and girls who appeared in “SSC CGL 2012” examination were in the
ratio 16 : 9 and the number of boys and girls passing the examination were in the ratio 4 : 3. If
75% of the girls passed the examination, find the % of boys who passed the examination
Sol. Let the number of boys & girls be 16x & 9x respectively.
and let boys and girls passing are 4y and 3y respectively.
%age of girls passing = (3y/9x) × 100 = 75
⇒ y/x = 9/4 % of boys passing = (4y/16x) × 100 = 25 (y/x)%.
Substitute the value of y/x
% of boys passing = 25 × 9/4 = 56 1/4 %.

Ex. 7. A college has raised 75% of the amount it needs for a new building by receiving an
average donation of Rs. 600 from the people already solicited. The people already solicited
represent 60% of the people, the college asked for donations. If the college is to raise exactly
the amount needed for the new building, what should be the average donation from the
remaining people to be solicited?
Sol. Let x be the total number of people the college will ask for donations.
People already solicited = 0.6x
Amount raised from the people solicited
= 600 × 0.6x = 360x
Now 360x constitutes 75% of the amount.
Hence, remaining 25% = 120x
K$MO
Average donation from remaining people = = 300.
M.iO

Ex. 8. If Manu writes atleast hundred lines, Jaspreet does not and if Jaspreet writes, Manu
does not. Either of them writes at least 150% and at the most 250% of what the other writes.
What is the maximum number of lines that the two can write?
Sol. Maximum that one can write without writing 100 lines = 99.
Then, the other can write, a maximum of 99 × 2.5 248 lines.
Maximum total = 347 lines

Ex.9. Four friends A, B, C, D have some candies with them. B has 10% more candies than A,
whereas C has 10% more than B and D has 10% more than C. The number of candies with A
and D together is 21 more than B and C together. How many candies does B have?
Sol. If A has x candies,
A x
B 1.1x
C 1.21x
D 1.331x
A + D = 2.331x
B + C – 2.31x
0.021x = 21
x = 1,000
B has 1,100 candies.

Ex. 10. A man earns x% on the Rs. 2,000 and y% on the rest of his income. If he earns Rs. 700
from Rs. 4,000 and Rs. 900 from Rs. 5,000 of income, find x.
Sol. The two equations can be written
O Q
2000 + 2000 = 700, and
KMM KMM
O Q
2000 + 3000 = 900.
KMM KMM
The equations can be simplified to x + y = 35 and 2x + 3y = 90.
Solving these two equations simultaneously, we get x = 15

Ex. 11. A gambler has 125 coins with him. Whenever he has coins ≥ 100 in hand, he lent 20%
of the coins. When he has ≤ 80 coins, he borrows 25% of the coins in hand. What will be the
number of coins in his hand at the end of 29th transaction?
Sol. He has 125 coins (More than 100).
So he will lent 20% of the coins.
After the Ist transaction remaining coins
$M
= 125 – 125 × = 100
KMM
Again he will lend out 20% of the coins.
Remaining coin after IInd transaction = 80
Now, he will borrow 25% coins.
No. of coins after IIIrd transaction = 100.
So, if you see that after every even transaction he will have 80 coins, and after every odd
transaction he will have 100 coins. So, after 29th transaction he will have 100 coins.

Ex. 12. Gauri went to the stationers and bought things worth Rs. 25, out of which 30 paise
went on sales tax on taxable purchases. If the tax rate was 6%, then what was the cost of the
tax free items?
Sol. Let the amount taxable purchases be Rs. x.
30
Then, 6% of x =
100
30 100
x = x

100 6 = 5.
Cost of tax free items = Rs. [25 - (5 + 0.30)] = Rs. 19.70

Ex. 13. A fruit seller had some apples. He sells 40% apples and still has 420 apples. Originally,
he had:
Sol. Suppose originally he had x apples.
Then, (100 - 40)% of x = 420.
60
x 𝑥 = 420
100

420 x 100
x =

60 = 700.

Ex. 14. In a certain school, 20% of students are below 8 years of age. The number of students
𝟐
above 8 years of age is of the number of students of 8 years of age which is 48. What is the
𝟑
total number of students in the school?
Sol. Let the number of students be x. Then,
Number of students above 8 years of age = (100 - 20)% of x = 80% of x.
2
80% of x = 48 + of 48
3
80
x = 80
100

x = 100.

Ex. 15. Two numbers A and B are such that the sum of 5% of A and 4% of B is two-third of the
sum of 6% of A and 8% of B. Find the ratio of A : B.
Sol.
2
5% of A + 4% of B = (6% of A + 8% of B)
3
5 4 2 6 8
A + B = A + B
100 100 3 100 100

1 1 1 4
A + B = A + B
20 25 25 75

1 1 4 1
- -
20 25 A = 75 25 B

1 1
A = B
100 75

A 100 4
= = .
B 75 3
Required ratio = 4 : 3
Ex. 16. In an election between two candidates, one got 55% of the total valid votes, 20% of
the votes were invalid. If the total number of votes was 7500, the number of valid votes that
the other candidate got, was:
Sol. Number of valid votes = 80% of 7500 = 6000.
Valid votes polled by other candidate = 45% of 6000
45
= x 6000 = 2700.
100

Ex. 17. Three candidates contested an election and received 1136, 7636 and 11628 votes
respectively. What percentage of the total votes did the winning candidate get?
Sol. Total number of votes polled = (1136 + 7636 + 11628) = 20400.
11628
Required percentage = x 100 = 57%.
20400

Ex. 18. Two tailors X and Y are paid a total of Rs. 550 per week by their employer. If X is paid
120 percent of the sum paid to Y, how much is Y paid per week?
Sol. Let the sum paid to Y per week be Rs. z.
Then, z + 120% of z = 550.
120
z + z = 550
100
11
z = 550
5

550 x 5
z =
11 = 250.

Ex. 19. Rajeev buys good worth Rs. 6650. He gets a rebate of 6% on it. After getting the
rebate, he pays sales tax @ 10%. Find the amount he will have to pay for the goods.
Sol.
6
Rebate = 6% of Rs. 6650 = Rs. x 6650 = Rs. 399.

100
10
Sales tax = 10% of Rs. (6650 - 399) = Rs. x 6251 = Rs. 625.10

100
Final amount = Rs. (6251 + 625.10) = Rs. 6876.10

Ex. 20. The population of a town increased from 1,75,000 to 2,62,500 in a decade. The
average percent increase of population per year is
Sol. Increase in 10 years = (262500 - 175000) = 87500.
87500
Increase% = x 100 = 50%.
175000
50
Required average = = 5%.
10

Ex. 21. It costs Rs. 5,000 to paint the total surface of a cube. But in summer, each side
expands by 20%. What will be the cost of painting the cube in the summer?
Sol. The total surface area of cube = 6a2
Since, each side is increased by 20%
$M h
New side = 1 + a = a
KMM %
&h
Total surface area = 6 × a2
$%
&h
So the cost also increases by times.
$%
&h
So, answer = × 5,000 = Rs. 7,200
$%

Ex.22. A is 10% more than B, and C is 10% lesser than B. If the difference between A and C is
18, what is the value of A?
Sol. A = 10% more than B = 1.1B
C = 10% less than B = 0.9B
A – C = 18 1.1B – 0.9B = 18
B = 90
A = 99

Ex. 23. Instead of finding 28% of a number Saloni incorrectly found 82% of the number. She
got an answer that is 540 more than the answer that she is supposed to get. What is the
answer she is supposed to get?
Sol. Let the number be k
Original answer should be 0.28k
Her answer is 0.82k
Difference = 0.54k
It is given as 540 k = 1,000
Answer = 0.28k = 280

Ex. 24. Mr. Miranda saves 40% of his salary every month. But in April his expenses increase by
10% and he saves Rs. 1,200 less than the amount he saves normally. What is his salary (in
Rs.)?
Sol. Let x be the salary, 0.6x be the expenses.
This month, the expenses increase by 10% and so become 0.66x.
So savings decrease by 0.06x.
0.06x = 1,200
x = Rs. 20,000

Ex.25. In every box of 120 bulbs 5% are defective. If a company needs 2,000 non-defective
bulbs, what is the minimum number of boxes it has to purchase?
Sol. Each box contains 114 non-defective bulbs.
$MMM
Answer = = 17.4
KKi
So the company has to purchase a minimum of 18 boxes to meet its requirement of bulbs.

Ex.26. Padma purchased a box of chocolates. She ate 20% of them and gave 25% to her
friends from the remaining. Again, she ate 20% of it and gave 25% to her friends from the
remaining. Then she gave 8 chocolates to a guest. Finally, she is left with 35% of the
chocolates that she initially had. How many chocolates did Padma eat?
Sol. Assume the box contains x number of chocolates.
1sttime 0.2x Given to friend 0.2x Left with him
eaten = 0.6x
2ndtime 0.12x To friend = 25% of 0.48x = Left = 0.36x

eaten 0.12x
Remaining = 0.36x
It is given, 0.36x - 8 = 0. 35x
x = 800
She ate 800 chocolates.
0.2x + 0.12x = 0.32x = 256

Ex. 27. The cost of an air ticket is Rs. 3,000 + tax. If a discount of 50% is allowed on the cost of
the air ticket (not tax), the cost of the ticket decreases by 30%. What is amount of tax charged
on the purchase of the ticket?
Sol. 70% of (3,000 + tax) = 1,500 + tax
2,100 + 0.7 tax = 1,500 + tax
tax = 2,000

Ex. 28. If a student scored 30% marks in a paper, he fails by 6 marks but if he scores 40%
marks he passes by 2 marks. What are the maximum marks?
Sol. Same things on two different scales given

(Difference of percentage) of total marks = (6 + 2)
10% of maximum marks = 8
Maximum marks = 80

Ex. 29. If a quantity is increased by 30% and then decreased by 50%, by how much percentage
does it have to increase to bring it back to the original quantity?
Sol. Assume the quantity as 100.

If it is increased by 30%, it will be 130 and if it decreases by 50%, it will become 65.
So it has to be increased by 35 to come to 100 again.
&%
So answer = × 100 54%.
h%

Ex. 30. The salary of a person is Rs. 15,000. But in the next month he gets a bonus of Rs.
1,000. He decided to save the bonus and in the process saved 10% more than the amount he
saved the previous month. If there is no change in his expenses from the last month, what are
his monthly expenses?
Sol. Rs. 1000, increases his savings by 10%
His previous month savings were Rs. 10000
So expenses = 15000 – 10000 = Rs. 5000

Ex. 31. x is a positive integer. How many values ‘x’ will take such that x% of 250 is less than
60?
Sol. 24% of 250 is 60.
x should be less than 24.
It can be any integer from 1 to 23.
So, it takes 23 values.

Ex.32. In a certain cinema hall, there are 4 kinds of tickets, AC Boxes, Boxes, Balcony and DC.
The relationship between the rates of tickets is: price of boxes is 20% higher than DC, DC is
40% less than AC boxes and price of balcony is 30% of the sum of the price of DC and AC
Boxes. If the sum of the price of boxes and AC boxes is Rs. 86 then find the price of the
balcony.
Sol. Let say the price of the AC boxes = Rs. x
Then the price of the DC = Rs. 0.6 x
The price of the boxes = 0.72 x
&M
And, the price of the balcony = (0.6x + x)
KMM
= 0.48 x
And, 0.72x + x = 86
eh
x = = 50
K.g$
So the price of balcony = 0.48 50 = Rs. 24.

Ex. 33. In an election there are two candidates. A candidate gets 40% of the total votes and
loses the election by 9,800 votes. Find the total number of votes.
Sol. Winner must got 60% of total votes
%age difference = 20%
And votes difference = 9800
So , total votes × 20% = 9800
Total votes = 49000

Ex. 34. The ratio of the number of males and females in a village is 3 : 2. 20% of the males and
25% of the females are graduates. Then find the % of the total population of the village who
are not graduates?

Sol. Lets say that the male population = 300
Lets say that the female population = 200
$M
Graduate Male population = 300 × = 60
KMM
$%
Graduate Female population = 200 × = 50
KMM
Note educated = 500 – 110 = 390
&jM
% of not educated = × 100 = 78%.
%MM

Ex. 35. Mr. Raj was throwing a party for his friends, and for that he required 37 kg of sweets.
Assuming 19% wastage and knowing that the sweets are available in 2 kg packets only, what
would be the cost of the sweets purchased, if one packet costs Rs.15?
Sol. He has to buy X kg such that 81% of X = 37 kg
KMM
X = 37 × = 45.67 kg
eK
He has to buy 46 kg (multiple of 2 kg), i.e. 23 packets of sweets.
Total cost = 15 × 23 = Rs. 345

Ex. 36. If the salary of A is 20% more than that of B, by what percent salary of B is less than
that of A?
Sol. Let B's salary = 100
Thus, A's salary = 100 x 1.2 = 120
$M KMM
Therefore, x 100 = = 16.66%
K$M h
Hence, B's salary is 16.66% less than A

Ex. 37. A salesman’s commission is 5% on all sales upto Rs. 10,000 and 4% on all sales
exceeding this amount. He remits Rs. 31,100 to the parent company after deducting his
commission. His sales is worth
Sol. Let the total sales amount = Rs x Then, the commission, which salesman got in given as
5% of 10000 + 4% of (x – 10000) = x – 31, 100
By solving, we get x = 32500

Ex. 38. In the month of January, the railway police caught 4000 ticketless travelers, in
February, the number rose by 5%. However, due to constant vigil by the police and the
railway staff, the number reduced by 5% in March and in April it further reduced by 10%. The
total number of ticketless travelers caught in the month of April was
Sol. Total number of ticketless travelers
In February = 4000 + 5% = 4200
In March = 4200 - 5% = 3990
In April = 3990 - 10% = 3591

Exercise

1. When the price of T.V. sets was increased by 30%, the number of T.V. sets sold decreased by
20%. What was the effect on the sales?
a. 5 % increase b. 7 % increase c. 4 % increase d. 8 % increase
e. None of these

2. Kiran earns 50% of Raghu’s salary. Raghu earns 80% of Dinesh’s salary. If the total salary of
the three for a month is Rs. 22,000, how much did Kiran earn that month?

3. Janaki spends 20% of her monthly salary for her son’s education. When she will get her
increment of Rs. 170 next month she plans to spend half of that also for her son’s education.
The total she would spend then would be Rs. 645. What is her present salary?

4. The cloth shop has announced a reduction in price by 25%. How many kurtas priced at Rs. 28
should one buy to avail a total reduction of at least Rs. 40?

5. One-fourth of a number is 10 less than 30 percent of the same number. What is that
number?

6. The length of a rectangle is increased by 20%. By what percent should the width be reduced
to maintain the same area?
a. 15.5 b. 16.5 c. 16.66 d. 18 e. None of these

7. What will be 40% of a number whose 200% is 90?
a. 15.5 b. 16.5 c. 16.66 d. 18 e. None of these

8. Gopal spends 60% of his salary on food items, 50% of the remaining on clothes and transport
and saves the remaining amount every month. If his annual savings are Rs. 9,600 how much
money does he spend on the transport per month?

9. If one-third of one-fourth of a number is 15, what is 30% of that number?

10. If three-fourth of a number is 244, what will be the approximate value of 136 percent of
that number?

11. What will be the approximate value of 161% of 841?

12. When the price of a toy was increased by 30%, the number of toys sold was decreased by
20%. What was the effect on the sales?
a. 6% increase b. 4% deacrease c. 4% increase d. 5% deacrease
e. None of these

&
13. 30% of A’s salary is equal to the 20% of th of B’s salary. If B’s salary is Rs. 2400, what is A’s
%
salary?

14. In a library, 40% of the total numbers of books are in English, 80% of the rest are in Hindi
and the balance 300 books are in other languages. What is the total number of books in the
library?

15. A businessman invests 70% in machinery, 20% in raw material and has Rs. 16000 cash with
him. What is the total investment?
a. 1,60,000 b. 1,20,000 c. 1,80,000 d. 1,50,000
e. None of these

16. A man saves 25% of his monthly salary. If on account of rise in prices he is to increase his
monthly expenses by 25% he is only able to save Rs. 250 per month. What is his monthly salary?

17. Atul’s marks in science are 20 less than 60% of the total marks obtained by him in science
and maths together. If the total marks are 250, what are his marks in maths?

18. In a selection process comprising of written test, group tasks and interview, only 40%
qualified in written test, 80% of those passed in written test qualified in group tasks and 65% of
these passed in group tasks qualified for interview. If the number of those qualified finally was
only 78, what was the total number of candidates who appeared?

19. A candidate should score 45% marks of the total marks to pass the examination. He gets
520 marks and fails by 20 marks. The total marks in the examination are

20. If the population of the town is 64000 and its annual increase is 10%, then its correct
population at the end of 3 years will be

21. If x% of 1200 is 20 then x is
a. 2.5 b. 2 c. 1.66 d. 1.5 e. None of these

22. If y exceeds x by 30% then x is less than y by

K $ K K
K& K& KM K&

23. When 80 is subtracted from 80% of a number, the result is 80, and the number is

24. The price of an article is cut by 25%. To restore it to its original price, the new price must be
increased by

25. A and B’s salaries together amount to Rs. 4000. A spends 95% of his salary and B, 85% of his.
If now their savings are the same, what is A’s salary?

26. In an examination, 15,000 candidates appeared. Each offered either maths or computer
science or both. If 75% offered maths and 45% computer science how many offered both?

27. A reduction in the price of orange enables a person to purchase 5 oranges for Re. 1 instead
of Rs. 1.50. What is the percentage reduction in price?
a. 33.33% b. 20 % c. 25 % d. 50 % e. None of these

28. A’s income is ‘25% less than B’s income and B’s income is 20% less than C’s income. If C’s
income is Rs. 200, then the income of A is

29. Ramesh’s salary was reduced by 20%. In order to have his salary back to original amount it
must be raised by

30. A shop’s receipts on the 1st day of the week were Rs. 20,000 on the second day 25% more
than this and on the 3rd day 75% of the sum of the receipts of the first 2 days. What was the
average of the receipts during this three day period (in rupees)?

31. A man pays 10% of his salary as tax. If after spending 90% of the remainder, he has Rs. 180
left with him, what is his salary before taxation?

32. The amount of water that should be added to reduce 8 ml mixer containing 50% alcohol, to
a mixer containing 40% alcohol is
a. 4 ml b. 2 ml c. 8 ml d. 3 ml e. None of these

33. A man by means of his false balance defrauds his costumers to the extent of 30% by
purchasing the goods as well as by selling the goods find his net profit

34. The salary of a typist was first raised by 20% and then the same was reduced by 10%. If he
presently draws Rs. 1100, what was his original salary?

35. In an examination 65% of the candidates passed in Maths and 75% passed in Science. If 22%
failed in both, find the pass percentage who passed in both subjects.
a. 62% b. 20 % c. 25 % d. 50 % e. None of these

36. In an election, a candidate secured 42% of the votes. The other candidates secured 58% and
defeated him by 480 votes. Find the number of votes polled

37. Two numbers are 25% and 50% less than a third number. Express first number as a
percentage of the second

38. A man earns Rs. 7000 in a month and spends 70% of his income. How much does he save in
a year?
a. 25,200 b. 25000 c. 22,500 d. 26,500 e. None of these

39. The salary of a worker is first increased by 50% and afterwards reduced by 50%. What is net
change in his salary?

40. Two numbers are respectively 10% and 20% more than a third number, the percentage that
is first of the second is

41. A person saves every year 10% of his income, if his income increased every year by 5% then
his savings increase every year by

42. If 40% of a number is equal to 240. Find the number

43. If A% of a number is equal to B% of second number, then the ration between first and
second number is
a. A:B b. B:A c. (A+B):A d. (A+B):B e. None of these

44. What is 60% of 30% of 900 grams?
a. 163 gms b. 164 gms c. 170 gms d. 162 gms e. None of these

K
45. If 40% of 7 = x% of 80. What is the value of x?
$

46. What rate percent is 1 minute 48 seconds to an hour?

47. If two numbers are respectively x% and y% more than a third number, the first as a percent
of second is
KMMPO KMMPO KMMNO KMMNO
a. × 100% b. × 100% c. × 100% d. × 100%
KMMPQ KMMNQ KMMPQ KMMNQ
e. None of these

48. Two numbers are 20% and 40% less than a third number. Then first number as percentage
of the second is …..

49. Adding 12% of x to x is equivalent to multiplying x by what?

50. Subtracting 21% of x from x is equivalent to multiplying x by what

51. If A’s salary is 50% less than that of B, then how much percent is B’s salary more than that of
A?

52. If the price of a commodity increases by x%, then reduction in consumption, so as not to
increase the expenditure is
O (KMMNO) (KMMNO) O
a. ×100 % b. ×100 % c. ×100 % d. ×100 %
KMMNO KMMPO KMMNO KMMPO
e. None of these

53. If the price of coffee seeds is increased by 50%, find by how much percent a householder
must reduce the consumption of coffee so as not to increase the expenditure?

54. If the price of rice falls down by 20% by how much percent must a householder increase his
consumption, so as not to decrease expenditure on this item?

55. The price of commodity is diminished by 40% and its consumption increases by 16% find the
effect on the revenue.
a. 3% increase b. 2% increase c. 5% decrease d. 4% decrease e. None of these

56. A% of B is B% of?
a. A b. B c. (A+B) d. (A-B)% e. None of these

57. The price of a radio is cut by 20%. To restore it to the former value the new price must be
increased by

58. In an examination 65% of the students passed in Science, 68% passed in Maths and 25%
failed in both subject. Find the pass percentage?

59. In an examination 75% of the students passed in English and 55% passed in Science and 33%
failed in both the subjects. Find the pass percentage?

60. If A% failed in subject 1, and B% is failed in subject 2, and C% failed in both the subject. Find
the pass percentage
a. [100-(A-B-C)] % b. [100+(A+B-C)] % c. [100-(A-B+C)] % d. [100-(A+B-C)] %
e. None of these

61. A reduction of 40% in the price of oranges would enable a person to get 2 dozen more for
Rs. 5. Find the reduced price per dozen
a. Re. 4 b. Re. 1 c. Re. 2 d. Re. 3 e. None of these

62. Two numbers are 40% and 44% less than a third number. How much percent is the second
number less than the first?
a. 5% b. 6.5% c. 6.66 % d. 6.33 % e. None of these

63. The salary of a person is first increased by 20% and then reduced by 20% what is net change
in his salary?

64. If the price has fallen by 25%, what percent of its consumption be increased so that the
expenditure may be the same as before?

65. The salary of Arun is first decreased by 20% and then is increased by 30%. Find the net
effect?

66. Selling price of a T.V. is increased by 10%. As a result of it, the sale is decreased by 20%. Find
the effect on sales
a. 13% increase b. 14% increase c. 12% decrease d. 14% decrease
e. None of these

67. If Y’s salary is 20% more than X’s and Z’s salary is 10% less than Y’s. How many percent Z’s
salary is more than X’s?
a. 5% b. 8% c. 6% d. 7% e. None of these

68. Y’s income is 30% more than X’s and Z’s income is 40% more than Y’s. How much percent is
Z’s salary is more than X’s?

69. Price of Tea is increased by 50%. By how much, new price must be reduced to restore it to
the original price?

70. Price of Coffee is reduced by 25% by how much new price must be increased by to restore it
to original price?

71. When 70 is subtracted from 70% of a number, the result is 70. Find the number

72. The price of cooking gas has increased by 50% the percentage of reduction that a family
should effect in the use of gas so as not to increase the expenditure on this account is

73. The price of oil is increased by 25%. If the expenditure is not allowed to increase, the ratio
between the reduction in consumption and original consumption is

74. The population of a village is 1600 in 1997. It increases 20% seats annually. How many
students will be there in 1999?

75. x is six times as large as y. The percentage by which y is less than x is

76. One litre of water is evaporated from 20 litres of solution containing 5% salt. Percentage of
salt in the remaining solution is

77. Which number is 70% less than 90?

78. A number exceeds 30% of itself by 60. The number is
% % i &
e g g g

79. What percent of 5% of 10%

80. Subtracting 8% of A from A is equivalent to multiplying A by how much?

Answers

1. C 2. C 3. C 4. B 5. B 6. C 7. D 8. D 9. B 10. D
11. B 12. C 13. A 14. B 15. A 16. B 17. D 18. C 19. B 20. C
21. C 22. A 23. B 24. B 25. D 26. D 27. A 28. C 29. C 30. C
31. B 32. B 33. D 34. A 35. A 36. D 37. D 38. A 39. C 40. A
41. A 42. B 43. B 44. D 45. C 46. C 47. A 48. A 49. C 50. A
51. A 52. D 53. A 54. C 55. D 56. A 57. C 58. B 59. C 60. D
61. B 62. C 63. B 64. A 65. B 66. C 67. B 68. C 69. A 70. A
71. D 72. A 73. B 74. E 75. A 76. B 77. C 78. B 79. D 80. A

Profit & Loss

Cost Price:
The price, at which an article is purchased, is called its cost price, abbreviated as C.P.

Selling Price:
The price, at which an article is sold, is called its selling prices, abbreviated as S.P.

Profit or Gain:
If S.P. is greater than C.P., the seller is said to have a profit or gain.

Loss:
If S.P. is less than C.P., the seller is said to have incurred a loss.

IMPORTANT FORMULAE
1. Gain = (S.P.) - (C.P.)
2. Loss = (C.P.) - (S.P.)
3. Loss or gain is always reckoned on C.P.
4. Gain Percentage: (Gain %)
Gain x 100
Gain % =
C.P.

5. Loss Percentage: (Loss %)

Loss x 100
Loss % =

C.P.

6. Selling Price: (S.P.)

(100 + Gain %)
SP = x C.P

100
7. Selling Price: (S.P.)

(100 - Loss %)
SP = x C.P.

100
8. Cost Price: (C.P.)

100
C.P. = x S.P.

(100 + Gain %)
9. Cost Price: (C.P.)

100
C.P. = x S.P.

(100 - Loss %)
10. If an article is sold at a gain of say 35%, then S.P. = 135% of C.P.
11. If an article is sold at a loss of say, 35% then S.P. = 65% of C.P.
12. When a person sells two similar items, one at a gain of say x%, and the other at a loss
of x%, then the seller always incurs a loss given by:
Loss % = Common Loss and Gain % 2 = x 2 .

10 10
13. If a trader professes to sell his goods at cost price, but uses false weights, then
Error
Gain % = x 100
(True Value) - (Error)

%.

If shopkeeper marks the item by m% (of CP) and gives d% discount then,

𝒎×𝒅
Profit % = 𝒎 − 𝒅 −
𝟏𝟎𝟎

Solved examples

Ex. 1. On selling an article for Rs. 240, a trader incurs a loss of 4%. At what amount must he
sell the article for so that he makes a profit of 10%?
Sol. S.P. = Rs. 240
Loss = 4%
0.96C.P = 240 C.P = 250
Now trader wants to earn 10%.
Thus new S.P = 250 1.1 = Rs. 275.
…K …$
Short Cut method: = where S1 = Rs. 240, x1 = – 4%, x2 = 10%
KMMPOK KMMPO$
Solving we get S2 = Rs. 275.

Ex. 2. Mohan sold two books at Rs. 140 each. He made a profit of 20% on selling one of the
books, and incurred a loss of 20% on selling the other. What is the outcome of selling both
the books?
Sol. Let the combined cost price of both articles be Rs. Y.
Selling price of both articles is Rs. 280.
O5
Overall loss % = % = (400/100) = 4 % (where x = 20)
KMM
0.96 Y = 280
Y = Rs. 291.66
Overall loss = 291.66 – 280 = Rs. 11.66 = Rs. 12 (appx.)

Ex. 3. If the SP of 12 articles = CP of 10 articles, what is the loss %?
Sol. There is a loss of 2 articles for every 12 articles
Therefore % loss = 2/12 100 = 16.66%.

Ex. 4. If a toy is sold for Rs. 10.80, there would be a loss of 10%. At what price should it be
sold to earn a profit of 20%?
Sol. According to the given condition:
0.9x = 10.8 (where x is the cost price of the toy)
x = 12
Selling price to gain 20% = 1.2 12 = 14.4

Ex. 5 . A cycle is sold for Rs. 880 at a loss of 20%. At what price should it be sold so that there

is a gain of 10%?
Sol. S.P. = Rs. 880
Loss = 20%
Let C.P. be x.
Then 0.8x = 880
x = Rs. 1100
Now gain = 10%
∴ New S.P. = 1.1 1100 = Rs. 121

Ex. 6 . By selling a transistor for Rs. 572, a shopkeeper earns a profit equivalent to 30% of its
cost price. Find its cost price.
Sol. Let C.P. = x
Given S.P. = 572
&M
Profit = x = 0.3x
KMM
C.P. + Profit = S.P.
x + 0.3x = 572
1.3x = 572
x = Rs. 440

Ex. 7. A milkman buys 10 equal sized milk drums. If he sells milk at Rs. 5 per litre, he loses Rs.
200 but if he sells it at Rs. 6 a litre, he will gain Rs. 150. What is the capacity of each drum in
litres?
Sol. Let total milk in one vessel be x litre.
Milk in 10 vessels will become 10 x.
For Rs. 5 per litre, total milk cost = 10x 5 = 50x
For Rs. 6 per litre, total milk cost = 10x 6 = 60x
From the given information, we can say that
60x – 50x = 350
10x = 350
x = 35 litres

Ex.8. A businessman marks his goods in such a way that even after allowing 12.5% discount
on a cash purchase he gains 20%. If the cost price is Rs. 140, the marked price is
Sol. 12.5% (1/8) discount is on the marked price (M.P)
S.P = 7/8 M.P ………(1)
Also C.P = Rs. 140
Profit = 20%
S.P. = 1.2 140 = 168 ………(2)
From (1) and (2)
7/8 M.P = 168 M.P = Rs. 192.

Ex. 9. A dealer marks articles at a price that gives him a profit of 30%. 6% of the goods were
lost in a fire, 24% were soiled and had to be sold at half the cost price. If the remainder were
sold at the marked price, what percentage profit or loss did the dealer earn?
Sol. Let say total article = x

Let say the cost of each article = Rs. 100
Marked price = 130
Selling price of soiled article (24%)
$i
= x × × 50 = 12 x
KMM
Selling price of rest of the article
gM
= x × × 130 = 91 x
KMM
Total selling price = 91x + 12x = 103 x
&O
Profit = × 100 = 3%.
KMMO

Ex. 10. From a batch of iron ore, 80% iron can be extracted. The cost of the ore is Rs.0.30 per
kg and the cost to produce iron from 100 kg of ore is Rs.40. If each kg of iron is sold at Re.1,
what is the profit percentage?
Sol. If we take 100 kg ore, it costs Rs.30 and production cost is Rs.30.
From this we will get 80 kg of iron
So, to get 80 kg of iron, Rs.70 is required.
By selling this 80 kg iron at Re. 1 per kg, it comes Rs.80
eMNgM
So percentage profit = × 100 = 14.28%
gM

Ex. 11. A shopkeeper is able to make a profit of 25% even after allowing a discount of 25%.
How much profit will he be able to make by not allowing any discount?
Sol. Let x be the M.P. and y be the C.P.
So, if he gives 25% discount, his S.P. will be 0.75x
Since he got 25% profit, his S.P. should be 1.25y
∴ 0.75x = 1.25y
%
x = y
&
66.66% more than y
i.e. the M.P. is 66.66% more than the C.P.

Ex. 12. A businessman purchased an article and marked its price as 30% more. After allowing
10% discount, he earned Rs. 1,020 as profit. What is the cost price of the article?
Sol. Let C.P. of the article be Rs. x.
So, M.P. will become 1.3x.
After giving 10% discount, his S.P. = 0.9 × 1.3x. = 1.17x
Profit = 0.17x
But the profit is given as 1,020,
∴ 0.17x = 1,020
x = Rs. 6,000

Ex. 13. A man purchased a packet of 10 pens and got 2 pens free with it. He marked the price
20% more than the C.P. If he did not allow any discount and sold all the 12 pens at this price,
what was his profit percentage?
Sol. Assume C.P. of each pen is Re. 1.
So, C.P. is Rs. 10 ( he purchased 10 pens).

M.P. of each pen is Rs. 1.20 and he has 12 pens now.
So, he will get 12 ´ (1.20) = Rs. 14.4
Ki.iNKM
The percentage profit = × 100 = 44%
KM

Ex. 14. The cost price of 20 articles is the same as the selling price of x articles. If the profit is
25%, then the value of x is:
Sol. Let C.P. of each article be Re. 1 C.P. of x articles = Rs. x.
S.P. of x articles = Rs. 20.
Profit = Rs. (20 - x).
20 - x
x 100 = 25
x

2000 - 100x = 25x

125x = 2000
x = 16.

Ex. 15. In a certain store, the profit is 320% of the cost. If the cost increases by 25% but the
selling price remains constant, approximately what percentage of the selling price is the
profit?
Sol. Let C.P.= Rs. 100. Then, Profit = Rs. 320, S.P. = Rs. 420.
New C.P. = 125% of Rs. 100 = Rs. 125
New S.P. = Rs. 420.
Profit = Rs. (420 - 125) = Rs. 295.
295 1475
Required percentage = x 100 = % = 70% (approximately).
420 21

Ex. 16. The percentage profit earned by selling an article for Rs. 1920 is equal to the
percentage loss incurred by selling the same article for Rs. 1280. At what price should the
article be sold to make 25% profit?
Sol. Let C.P. be Rs. x.
1920 - x x - 1280
Then, x 100 = x 100
x x
1920 - x = x - 1280
2x = 3200
x = 1600
125
Required S.P. = 125% of Rs. 1600 = Rs. x 1600 = Rs 2000.

100

Ex. 17. Sam purchased 20 dozens of toys at the rate of Rs. 375 per dozen. He sold each one of
them at the rate of Rs. 33. What was his percentage profit?
Sol.
375
Cost Price of 1 toy = Rs. = Rs. 31.25

12

Selling Price of 1 toy = Rs. 33

So, Gain = Rs. (33 - 31.25) = Rs. 1.75
1.75 28
Profit % = x 100 = % = 5.6%

31.25
5

Ex. 18. When a plot is sold for Rs. 18,700, the owner loses 15%. At what price must that plot
be sold in order to gain 15%?
Sol. 85 : 18700 = 115 : x
18700 x 115
x = = 25300.

85
Hence, S.P. = Rs. 25,300.

Ex. 19. A trader mixes 26 kg of rice at Rs. 20 per kg with 30 kg of rice of other variety at Rs. 36
per kg and sells the mixture at Rs. 30 per kg. His profit percent is:
Sol. C.P. of 56 kg rice = Rs. (26 x 20 + 30 x 36) = Rs. (520 + 1080) = Rs. 1600.
S.P. of 56 kg rice = Rs. (56 x 30) = Rs. 1680.
80
Gain = x 100 = 5%.
1600

Ex. 20. A sold a watch to B at a gain of 5% and B sold it to C at a gain of 4%. If C paid Rs. 1,092
for it, the price paid by A is
Sol. Given C paid Rs. 1,092
Let A paid Rs. X
Then amount paid by B to A = Rs. 1.05X
Amount paid by C to B = 1.04 × 1.05X = 1,092
X = Rs. 1,000
Short Cut method:
From options:
Let A paid Rs. 1,000
%
Then B paid to A = 1,000 × + 1,000 = Rs. 1,050
KMM
i
Moreover, C paid to B = 1,050 + 1050× = Rs. 1092.
KMM
It satisfies the given condition.

Ex. 21. A sells an article to B at a profit of 20%. B sells it to C at a profit of 15%. C paid Rs.190
more than it cost A. What profit did A make?
Sol. Let the article cost Rs.X to A
A’s selling price = B’s cost price = X × 1.2
B’s selling price = C’s cost price = X × 1.2 × 1.15
Now, X × 1.2 × 1.15 – X = 190
1.38 X – X = 190
0.38X = 190
KjM×KMM
X = = 500
&e
A’s profit = 20% of 500 = Rs.100

Ex. 22. A tradesman, by means of a false balance, defrauds 10% in buying goods and 10% in
selling. What % does he gain on his outlay by his dishonesty?
Sol. Assume the tradesman buy 100 gm for Rs. 100.
Since he defrauds 10%, he will get 110 gm for Rs. 100.
While selling, he will give only 90 gm for Rs. 100.
KMM×KKM
So, on 110 gm, he can earn = 122.22, so, the profit is 22.22%
jM

Ex. 23. A cloth merchant says that due to slump in the market, he sells the cloth at 10% loss,
but he uses a false metre–scale and actually gains 15%. Find the actual length of the scale.
Sol. Please note that in this question he is gaining and losing at the same time. It means his
selling price and cost price will be different. Now he is gaining 15% on the actual scale he is
using (false scale) and he is showing his loss on the true scale of one metre.
Let false scale length = L cm.
According to the given conditions 1.15 L = 0.9 × 100.
jM
L = × 100 = 78.25 cm.
KK%

Ex. 24. A pharmaceutical company produces 6,000 bottles of cough syrup for Rs. 132,000. It
distributed 20% of the bottles to the doctors as a sample and sold 2/3 of the remaining
bottles at 25% discount. The remaining bottles were sold to shopkeepers at 10% discount on
the printed price of the bottle that was 50% more than the cost price. Find the profit/loss.
K&$MM
Sol. Cost price = = Rs. 22
hMMM
K%M
Selling Price = 22 × = 33
KMM
1,200 bottles are given for free.
$ g%
Selling price of rest of the bottles = 4,800 × × × 33 = 79,200
& KMM
jM
SP of the remaining = 1,600 × 33 × = 47,520
KMM
Total S.P. = 126,720
%$eM
Loss (%) = × 100 = 4%
K&$MMM

Ex. 25. A fruit vendor purchased 100 apples from wholesale market at Rs. 50 each. If 10 of
them were damaged, what price should be charged on the remaining apples to earn 20%
profit?
Sol. His investment = 100 × 50 = 5,000
If he wants to get 20% profit, he has to earn Rs. 6,000 on 90 apples.
hMMM
So, each apple costs = Rs. 66.66
jM

Ex. 26. There are two types of iron ore A and B. Ore A has 80% iron and B has 60% iron. The
cost of 1 kg of ore A is Rs. 1.50 and of ore B is Rs. 1.20. (Assume no other product except iron
will come from the ore).If the processing cost is negligible and there is no other cost, which of
the two ores is more profitable to process?
Sol. 100 kg of ore A gives 80 kg of iron and costs Rs. 150.
100 kg of ore B gives 60 kg of iron and costs Rs. 120.

So, A is better.
Ex. 27. By selling 12 mangoes, a fruit seller gains a profit equal to selling price of 2 mangoes.
What is his profit percent?
Sol. Consider S.P. of a mango as Re.1
P = 2, S.P. = 12, C.P. = 10
$
Profit = ×100 = 20%
KM

Ex. 28. If milk man mixes 1 litre pure water in every 4 litre of pure milk and sold it at the cost
price. What is the profit percent earned by him?
…† %
Sol. Find = making 25% profit
U† i

Ex. 30. By selling 12 articles, a shopkeeper gains a profit equal to cost price of 2 articles. What
is his profit percent?
Sol. Assume, CP of one article is Re.1.
So, by selling 12 articles (worth Rs.12) he can make a profit of Rs.2
$
So, profit % = ×100 = 16.66%
K$

Ex. 31. A manufacturer estimates that on inspection, 12% of the articles produced will be
rejected. He accepts an order to supply 22,000 articles at Rs. 7.50 each. He estimates the
profit on his outlay including the manufacturing of rejected articles, to be 20%. Find the cost
of manufacturing each article.
Sol. When the manufacturer makes 100 articles, he sells only 88.
Revenues = 88 × 7.5 = Rs. 660
But profit being 20% of outlay, total outlay cost of 100 articles is Rs. 550.
So the cost of per article is Rs.5.50

Ex. 32. There would be 10% loss, if a toy is sold at Rs. 10.80 per piece. At what price should it
be sold to earn a profit of 20%?
Sol. According to the given condition:
0.9x = 10.8 (where x is the cost price of the toy)
x = 12
Selling price to gain 20% = 1.2 × 12 = 14.4

Ex. 33. A sweet maker made 620 sweets at a cost of 80 paise per sweet. Out of these, 120
sweets got spoiled and he sold rest of the sweets in such a way, that when he sold 400
sweets, he would have made a profit of 50% on the total cost of 620 sweets. Find his actual
profit % on the total outlay.
Sol. Cost of the sweets = 620 × 0.80 = Rs. 496
Let the selling price per sweet = Rs. x
Selling price of 400 sweets = 400 x
K%M
400x = 496 ×
KMM
K%M × ijh
x = = Rs. 1.86
KMM × iMM
Selling price of 500 sweets = 1.86 × 500 = 930.

i&i
Profit (%) = × 100 = 87.5
ijh
Ex. 34. Rajgopalan purchased a second hand TV for Rs. 4,800 and spent 20% of the cost on its
repairs. If he wants to earn Rs.1,440 as net profit on it, how much percentage should he add
to the purchase price of the TV?
Sol. Repair cost = 0.2 × 4,800 = 960
To earn net profit of Rs. 1,440 he should also recover his repair cost.
It means he has to add Rs. 2,400 (1,440 + 960) to his purchase price to earn 1,440 as net profit.
% markup = (2400/4800) × 100 = 50%.

Ex. 35. A wholesaler sells 30 pens for the price of 27 pens to a retailer. The retailer sells the
pens at their marked price. Find the % gain for the retailer.
Sol. Assume the marked price of one pen is Re. 1.
So the retailer gets 30 pens for Rs. 27 and he sells those for Rs. 30.
& K
So profit = × 100 = 11 %
$g j

Ex. 36. A man sells an article at a gain of 10%. If he had bought it at 10% less and sold it for
Rs.132 less, he would have still gained 10%. The cost price of the article is
Sol. First profit = 10%
KM
SP = CP + of CP = 1.1 CP …..(1)
KMM
New cost price = 0.9 CP
New selling price = S.P – 132
Now, S.P. - 132 = 1.1 × 0.9 CP ……(2)
From (1) and (2)
1.1 CP – 132 = 0.99 CP
0.11CP = 132
CP = Rs. 1,200

Alternate method:
Let CP1 = Rs. 100
SP1 = 110
New CP2 = 90
SP2 = 99
Difference in SP = SP1 – SP2 = 11 (in second case) then original CP = 100.
KMM
If he is selling far Rs. 132 less then CP = × 132 = Rs. 1,200
KK

Exercise

1. Kamalesh purchased 120 reams of paper at Rs. 100 per ream and the expenditure on
transport was Rs. 480. He had to pay an octrol duty of 50 paise per ream and the coolie charges
were Rs. 60. What should he charge per ream to gain 40%?

2. On selling an article at Rs. 530, the gain is 20% more than the loss incurred on selling it at Rs.
475. In order to gain 20%, the selling price will be

3. The marked price of a shirt and trousers are in the ratio of 1:2. The shopkeeper gives 40%
discount on the shirt. If the total discount on both is 30%, the discount offered on the trousers
is

4. If a commission of 10% is given on the marked price of a book, the publisher gains 20%. If the
commission is increased to 20%, the gain percent is
a. 6.66% b. 5 % c. 8 % d. 6.5 % e. None of these

5. The marked price of an article is 20% more than the cost price and a discount of 20% is given
on the marked price. In this kind of sale, the seller

6. A shopkeeper sells a book whose marked price is Rs. 30 at a discount of 15% and gives a pen
costing Rs. 1.50 free with each book. Even then he makes a profit of 20%. His cost price per
book is

7. A merchant purchases a calculator for Rs. 500 and fixes the list price in such a way that after
allowing a discount of 10%, he earns a profit of 20%. Find the list price of the calculator
a. 666.66 b. 333.33 c. 450 d. 500 e. None of these

8. Ramanlal a shopkeeper earns a profit of 33.33% after selling an article at 20% discount on the
printed price. Find the ratio of the cost price and the printed of the article

9. A trader has some watches in his stock. He marks his watches 20% above the cost price. He
sold half the stock at marked price, one quarter at a discount of 20% on the marked price and
the rest at a discount of 40% on the marked price. What is his gain percent?

10. A sold a watch to B at 40% gain and B sold it to C at a loss of 20%. If C bought the watch for

Rs. 432, at what price did A purchase it?
a. 383.33 b. 328 c. 385.71 d. 380 e. None of these
11. A shopkeeper allows a discount of 10% on the marked price of an item but charges a sales
tax 8% on the discount price. If the customer pays Rs. 729 as the price including the sales tax,
then what is the marked price of the item?

12. The marked price of a watch is Rs. 1600. The shopkeeper gives successive discounts of 10%
and x% to the customer. If the customer pays Rs. 1224 for the watch, find the value of x.

13. A dealer sold three-fourth of his articles at a gain of 24% and the remaining at the cost price
percentage of gain in the whole transaction is

14. On a Rs. 10000 payment order, a person has choice between three successive discounts of
10%, 10% and 30% and three successive discounts of 40%, 5% and 5%. By choosing the better
one, he can save

15. A trader marked the selling price of an article at 10% above the cost price. At the time of
selling, he allows certain discount and suffers a loss of 2%. The discount allowed is
KM 𝟏𝟎 j KM
K& 𝟏𝟏 KK KK

16. Due to 25% fall in the rate of eggs, one can buy 2 dozen eggs more than before by investing
Rs. 200. What was original rate per dozen?
$MM $MM 𝟐𝟎𝟎 KMM
a. Rs b. Rs c. Rs d. Rs e. None of these
& j 𝟔 h

17. A shop keeper purchased some books from a publication worth Rs. 750. Because of some
reasons, he had to sell two-fifth part of the book at a loss of 15%. On which gain he should sell
his rest of the books so that he gets neither gain nor loss?

18. The cost price of an item is two-third of its selling price. What is the gain or loss percent on
that item?
a. 33.33 b. 20 c. 25 d. 50 e. None of these

19. A bookseller sells a book at a gain of 20%. If he had bought it at 20% less and sell and sold it
for Rs. 6 less, he would have gained 20%. The CP of the book is

20. By selling 32 oranges for Rs. 30 a man loss 25%. How many oranges should be sold for Rs. 24
so as to gain 20% in the transaction?

21. A toy is sold at 10% profit. Had it been sold for Rs.10 less, the profit may be 5% only. Find
the cost price.

22. An article costing Rs.2500 is sold at 20% loss. Find the selling price

23. If selling an article for Rs. 880 causes 10% loss on the selling price. Find its cost price

24. Find the marked price when selling price = 2880 and discount = 4%

25. Find the rate of discount when marked price=Rs. 250 and selling price Rs. 235

26. A person purchased a Toy at 25% discount on its marked price but sold it at the marked
price. Find the gain percent?

27. A person allows 4% discount on the marked price of his goods and still earns a profit of 20%.
Find the cost price for his marked at Rs. 850?

28. A man marks his goods at such a price that he can deduct 87.5%cash and yet make 20%
profit. What is the marked price of an article which cost minimum him Rs. 140

29. A man sells T.V. to B at a gain of 10% and B cells it to C at a gain of 5%. If C pays Rs. 4620 for
it what did it cost to A?

30. A man sells 2 toys at Rs.616 each. On one he gained 12% and on the other he lost 12%. Find
his total gain or loss in the transaction.
a. Rs. 18 loss b. Rs.16 loss c. Rs.18 profit d. Rs.16 profit e. None of these

31. A man bought a thing and sold it at a gain of 8%. If he had bought it for 10% less and sold it
for Rs.240 less he would have made a profit of 16.66%. Find the cost price of the thing

32. Gain or Loss is always counted on …..
a. selling price b. marked price c. cost price d. data inadequate
e. None of these

33. The retail list price of a radio is Rs.210. The seller allows a discount of 5% for cash and still
makes a profit of 14% on his outlay. The manufacturer’s price to the retailer is 26% higher than
the cost price?

34. A fan is sold for Rs. 924. Had it been sold for Rs. 940 there would have been an additional
profit of 2% on the cost price. Find the cost price of the fan

35. The difference in selling a toy at profit 8% and 12% is Rs.24. Find the cost price of toy

36. A person buys 40 pencils from a wholesaler at the marked price of 36 pencils. If the person
sells at the marked price, find his profit percent
$ 𝟏 K K
j 𝟗 KM j

37. Single discount equivalent to a series of discounts of 20% and 30% is

38. A radio whose Tag price is Rs. 7000 is available at 2 successive discounts of 20% and 25%.
Find the single equivalent discount

39. The cost of a picture album is Rs. 500 it is available at two successive discounts of 15% and
20%. Find the amount paid by the customer
Ans: Rs. 340

40. Find single discount rate equivalent to a series of discounts 20%, 25% and 30%

41. If a shopkeeper allows x% discount on the marked price of an article then the selling price of
the article =
Ans: (100-x) % of marked price

42. A person allows 30% discount on all his articles, the number of the articles sold is increased
by 30%. Find the effect on total sale?
Ans: 9% decrease

43. A chair which costs Rs. 800 was sold at a loss of 5%. Find its selling price
Ans: Rs. 760

44. I sold a pen at a loss of 25% on my outlay Express this loss as a percentage of the selling
price
45. Kabir buys an article with 25% discount on the original price. He makes a profit of 10% by
selling it at Rs. 660. What is the original price of the article?
Ans: Rs. 800

46. Vishnu bought 170 kg of sugar at the rate of Rs. 5.80 per kg and mixed it in 130 kg sugar
purchased at Rs. 5.30 per kg. He sold the mixture with a profit of Rs. 161. The rate of the
mixture per kg was
Ans: Rs. 6.12

47. Subhash bought 20 kg of tea at the rate of Rs. 30 per kg and 30 kg at the rate of Rs. 25 per
kg. He mixed the two and sold the mixture at the rate of Rs. 22.50 per kg. What was his loss in
this transaction?
Ans: Rs. 225

48. The amount of loss incurred by selling an article for Rs. 800 is 50% of the amount gained if it
is sold for Rs. 1,400. At what price should it be sold to have 2% profit?
Ans: Rs. 1200

50. The loss incurred on selling an article for Rs. 270 is as much as the profit made when it is
sold at 10% profit. What is the cost price of the article?
Ans: Rs. 300

51. If the selling price of 40 articles is equal to the cost price of 50 similar articles, what is the
percent gain or loss?
a. 33.33% profit b. 20 % loss c. 25 % loss d. 50 % profit e. None of these

52. Sukumar Chowdhury bought paper sheets for Rs. 3600 and spent Rs. 100 on transport.
Paying Rs. 300, he had 300 boxes made of them, which he sold at Rs. 16 each. What is his profit
percent?
Ans: 20

53. Sohanlal purchased 120 reams of paper at the rate of Rs. 100 per ream. The expenditure on
transport was Rs. 480. He had to pay an octroi duty of 50 paise per ream and the coolie charges
were Rs. 60. What should be the selling price of each ream if he wants a profit of 20%?
Ans: Rs. 126

54. Neeraj bought a car for a certain sum of money. He spent 10% of the cost of repairs and
sold the car for a profit of Rs. 11,000. How much did he spend on repairs if he made a 20%
profit?
Ans: Rs. 5000

55. By selling an article for Rs. 469, Mahesh gained 15%. What was the cost price of the article?

Ans: Rs. 400

56. A fruit vendor purchased 35 dozen apples at Rs. 10 per dozen. Out of this 2 dozen got rotten
and he sold 28 dozen at Rs. 12 per dozen. Remaining apples were sold by sold by him at Rs. 15
per dozen. What profit did he make in this bargain?
Ans: Rs. 61

57. There would be 10% loss if rice is sold at Rs. 5.40 per kg. What price per kg should it be sold
to earn a profit of 20%?
Ans: Rs. 7.20

58. Dilip prepared 50 show pieces of sandalwood. The cost of production of each piece was Rs.
10. Apart from this he has to pay Rs. 5 per piece as commission to the selling agent and Re. 1
per piece to the workshop assistant. What should be the selling price of each article if he
wished to sell them at 30% profit?
Ans: Rs. 20.80

59. Samir purchased 24kg of wheat at the rate of Rs. 6.50 per kg and 26kg of wheat at the rate
of Rs. 8.00 per kg. He mixed the two and sold the mixture. Approximately at what price per kg
should he sell the mixture to make 30 percent profit in this transaction?
Ans: Rs. 9.50

60. If the chairs bought at price Rs. 300 to Rs. 450 are sold at prices ranging from Rs. 400 to Rs.
525, what is the maximum possible profit that might be made in selling 10 chairs?
Ans: Rs. 2250

61. The selling price of 50 articles is equal to the cost price of the same 60 articles. What is the
percent profit or loss?
a. 33.33% profit b. 20 % profit c. 25 % profit d. 50 % profit e. None of these

62. A shopkeeper purchases 18kg of sugar at the rate of Rs. 4.25 per kg and 22 kg at the rate of
Rs. 7.00 per kg. He mixes the two and sells the mixture at the rate of Rs. 5.35 per kg. What will
be his gain or loss in the transaction?
Ans: Rs. 16.50 loss

63. In a factory there are A grade and B grade employees. Each employee contributes as many
rupees as the number of employees in his grade. The employer contributes Rs. 618. If the total
contribution is Rs. 839 and total contribution made by grade B employees is Rs. 25, how many
employees are there in the factory?
Ans: 19

64. A shop keeper earns a profit of Rs. 60 by selling an article. Had he sold the same article at
Rs. 520, the profit percent would have been 30. At what price did he sell the article?
Ans: Rs. 460

65. Prabhat bought 20 kg of rice at the rate of Rs. 8.50 per kg and 30 kg of rice at the rate of Rs.
9.75 per kg. He mixed the two for selling the mixture. Approximately at what price per kg
should he sell the mixture to get 25% profit on the cost price?
Ans: Rs. 10.50

K
66. By selling an article Sheetal earned a profit equal to the of the price he bought it. If he
i
sold it at Rs. 375, what was the cost price?
Ans: Rs. 300

67. The percent profit made when an article is sold for Rs. 78 is twice as much as when it is sold
for Rs. 69. What is the cost price of the article?
Ans: Rs. 60

68. Pujari bought 20 quintals of rice at Rs. 250 per quintal and 30 quintals at Rs. 280 per quintal.
He mixed the two and sold the mixture for Rs. 270 a quintal. What was his gain in the deal?
Ans: Rs. 100

69. Prakash bought a suitcase with 25% discount on the price. At what price should he sell the
suitcase if he wants to make a profit of 25% on his purchase price?
Ans: Can’t be determined

70. A grain merchant bought 50kg of wheat at the rate of Rs. 7 per kg and 20 kg at the rate of
Rs. 8 per kg. He mixed both and sold at the rate of Rs. 10 per kg. What is his total profit?
Ans: Rs. 190

71. The profit earned by selling a watch for Rs. 850 is as much as the loss incurred when it is
sold for Rs. 650. What is the cost price of the watch?
Ans: Rs. 750

72. A shopkeeper gives a discount of 25% on the marked price of an article and earns a profit of
20% on his outlay. If he had not given any discount, then the profit on his outlay would have
been
Ans: 60%

73. A fruit-seller sells mangoes at the rate of Rs. 50 for 10 mangoes. The number of mangoes
purchased by the fruit-seller for Rs. 50 in order to get a profit of 60% is
Ans: 16

74. By selling goods for Rs. 380, ‘A’ loses 5 percent on his outlay. The price at which ‘A’ must sell
them to gain 10 percent, would be
Ans: Rs. 440

75. I sold my table for Rs. 144 earning profit percent equal to the cost price of the table
numerically. The cost price of the table is
Ans: Rs. 80

76. A person buys a book for Rs. 200 and sells it for Rs. 225. What will be his gain percent?
Ans: 12.5%

77. A calculator is bought for Rs. 350 and sold at a gain of 15%. What will be the selling price of
calculator in rupees?
Ans: 402.50

78. If the cost price is 95% of the selling price. What is the profit percent?
Ans: 5.26

79. The owner of a cell phone shop charges his customer 28% more than the cost price. If the
customer paid Rs. 8960 for the cell phone, what was the cost price of the cell phone?
Ans: Rs. 7000

80. Selling price of an article for Rs. 2220 and the percent profit earned is 20%. What is the cost
price of the article?
Ans: Rs. 1850

81. The profit earned after selling a pair of shoes for Rs. 2033 is the same as the loss incurred
after selling the same pair of shoes for Rs. 1063. What is the cost price of the shoes?
Ans: Rs. 1548

82. A man sells an article at a profit of 40%. If he had bought it at 40% less and sold for Rs. 5
less, he would have gained 50%. Find the cost price of the article.
Ans: Rs. 10

&
83. Charu purchased a dinner set at of its selling price and sold it at 10% more than its SP.
KM
Find the gain percent
Ans: 10

84. Rajan sold an article for Rs. 6000 at a loss of 25%. Find the cost price
Ans: Rs. 8000

85. The owner of a furniture shop charges his customer 18% more than the CP. If a customer
paid Rs. 10207 for a dining table, find its original price
Ans: Rs. 8650

86. Meena purchased two fans each at Rs. 1200. She sold one fan at the loss of 5% and other at
the gain of 10%. Find total gain of loss percent
Ans: 2.5% profit

87. Kapil sold two bikes for Rs. 50000 each. On one he gains 14% and on the other, he losses
14%, find his gain or loss percent in this whole transaction
Ans: 1.96% loss

88. If the cost price of 20 articles is equal to the selling price of 15 articles. Find the profit
percent
Ans: 33.33%

89. A tradesman marks his goods at 20% above the cost price but allows purchasers a discount
of 5%, What profit percent does he make?
Ans: 14%

90. Profit earned by selling an article for Rs. 1450 is same as the loss incurred by selling the
article for Rs. 1280. What is the cost price of the article?
Ans: Rs. 1365

91. If a man wants to sell his chair for Rs. 720 he gets 25% loss. To gain 25%, he should sell if for
Ans: Rs. 1200

92. The SP of an article after two successive discounts of 10% and 5% on marked price is Rs.
171. Find the marked price
Ans: Rs. 200

93. The difference between the CP and SP of an article is Rs. 240. If the profit is Rs. 20%, the
selling price is
Ans: Rs. 1440

94. Pankal purchased an item for Rs. 7500 and sold it at the gain of 24%. From that amount he
purchased another item and sold it at the loss of 20%. What is his overall gain/loss?
Ans: Loss of Rs. 60

95. Sumit purchased an item for Rs. 4000 and sold it at the gain of 35%. From that amount, he
purchased another item and sold it at the loss of 20%. What is his overall gain/loss?
Ans: Gain of Rs. 320

Time, Speed & distance

General Information
The terms ‘Time’ and ‘Distance’ are related to the speed of a moving object.

General Formulae
1. Speed: It is obtained by dividing the distance covered by the object, by the time it takes to
cover that distance.
od`_^Yq\ _]^z\{{\c
Thus, Speed =
‰d[\ _^s\Y
Distance = Speed × Time
od`_^Yq\
Time =
…"\\c

KMMM [_`. %
2. Conversion of Units: One kilometer / hour = = m/sec.
hM ×hM `\q. Ke
Ke
One meter / second = km/hr.
%
%
Thus, 𝑥 km/hr = 𝑥× m/sec.
Ke
Ke
And, 𝑥 m/sec = 𝑥× km/hr
%

3. (i) If the time taken is constant, the distance travelled is proportional to the speed, that is,
more the speed; more the distance travelled in the same time.
(ii) If the speed is constant, the distance travelled is proportional to the time taken that is more
the distance travelled; more the time taken at the same speed.
(iii) If the distance travelled is constant, the speed is inversely proportional to the time taken,
that is, more the speed; less the time taken for the same distance travelled.

4. If two persons A and B start at the same time from two points P and Q towards each other
and after crossing they take T1 and T2 hours in reaching Q and P respectively,
mŠ ` `"\\c ‰$
then =
n Š ` `"\\c ‰K

5. If a body travels d1, d2, d3, ….. dn meters with different speeds s1, s2, s3, ….., sn m/sec. in
time T1, T2, T3, …., Tn seconds respectively, then the average speed of the body throughout
‰W_^{ cd`_^Yq\ _]^z\{{\c cKPc$Pc&P...PcY
the journey is given by 𝑉^ = =
‰W_^{ _d[\ _^s\Y ‰KP‰$P‰&P⋯P‰Y

6. If the ratio of the speeds of A and B is a: b, then the ratio of the time taken by them to cover
K K
the same distance is : 𝑜𝑟 𝑏: 𝑎
^ p

Some Important Shortcut Formulas
Rule 1: If some distance is travelled at x km/hr and the same distance is travelled at y km/hr
then the average speed during the whole journey is given by

Rule 2: If a person travels a certain distance at x km/hr and returns at y km/hr, if the time taken
to the whole journey is T hours then the one way distance is given by

Rule 3: If two persons A and B start their journey at the same time from two points P and Q
towards each other and after crossing each other they take a and b hours in reaching Q and P
respectively, then

Rule 4: If the same distance is covered at two different speeds S1 and S2 and the time taken to
cover the distance are T1 and T2, then the distance is given by

Ex. 1. A person crosses a 600 m long street in 5 minutes. What is his speed in km per hour?
Sol.
600
Speed =

5 x 60 m/sec.
= 2 m/sec.
Converting m/sec to km/hr (see formulas section)
18
= 2 x km/hr

5
= 7.2 km/hr.

Ex. 2. An aeroplane covers a certain distance at a speed of 240 kmph in 5 hours. To cover the
𝟐
same distance in 1 hours, it must travel at a speed of:
𝟑
Sol. Distance = (240 x 5) = 1200 km.
Speed = Distance/Time
$
Speed = 1200/(5/3) km/hr. [We can write 1 hours as 5/3 hours]
&
3
Required speed = 1200 x = 720 km/hr.
5

Ex. 3. Walking at three-fourth of his usual speed, a man covers a certain distance in two hours
more than the time he takes to cover the distance at his usual speed. The time taken by him
to cover the distance with his usual speed is: [SSC 2000]

&
Sol. New speed = of usual speed
i
o
Old speed =
‰
New time = old time (T) +2
od`_^Yq\
New speed =
Ž\• _d[\
3 𝐷 𝐷
× =
4 𝑇 𝑇+2
3(T+2) = 4T
3T+6 = 4T
T = 6 hours
Alternate method:
Let us take time taken by actual speed as T hours.
&
New speed = of usual speed
i
i
New time taken = of normal time
&
Here new time = T+2
i
(T+2) = T
&
3T+6 = 4T
T = 6 hours

Ex. 4. The ratio between the walking speeds of A and B is 2 : 3 and therefore, A takes 10
minutes more than B to reach the destination. If A had walked at double the speed, he would
have covered the distance in
Sol. Let speed of A and B be 2x and 3x m/s respectively.
Time taken by A and B to cover the same distance is 3x and 2x respectively.
3x – 2x = 10
x = 10
A takes 30 minutes. When the speed is doubled, A takes 15 minutes

Ex. 5. Two cyclists meet each other at 10 a.m. on Ferozepur road. After their meeting, one of
them proceeded in the north direction and the other proceeded in the east direction. Exactly
at noon, they were 60 km apart. If the difference between their speeds is 6 km/hr, find the
speed of the faster cyclist.
Sol. Let speed of the slower one be x km/hr.
So, speed of the faster one will be (x + 6) km/hr.
The distance travelled in 2 hr is 2x and 2(x + 6) km.

From the Pythagoras Theorem: (2x)2 + [2(x + 6)]2 = (60)2
4x2 + 4(x2 + 36 + 12x) = 3600
8x2 + 48x + 144 = 3600
x2 + 6x – 432 = 0
By solving this, x = 18 km/hr
So, the speed of the faster cyclist is 24 km/hr.

Ex. 6. A bullock-cart overtakes two persons walking in the same direction, in a village, at the
rate of 3 kmph and 5 kmph and passes them completely in 12 and 18 seconds respectively.
Calculate the length of the bullock-cart (in metres).
[Z{_d"{dq^_dWY WX _d[\
Sol. Length of bullock-cart = Difference of speed ×
cdXX\]\Yq\ WX _d[\
% K$×Ke
= 2 × × = 20 m
Ke h

Ex. 7. A man can complete a journey in 10 hrs. He travels the first half of the journey at the
speed of 21 km/hr and the second half at the speed of 24 km/hr. Find the total distance of
the journey in kilometres.
Sol. First half speed = 21 km/hr
Second half speed = 24 km/hr
Total time = 10 hrs
$×$K×$i $×$K×$i KK$
Average speed = = = = 22.4 km/hr
$KP$i i% %
Distance covered = S × T = 22.4 × 10 = 224 km
Ex. 8. A man wants to cover 50 km on his bicycle. His speed is 12.5 km/hr. After every 12.5
km, he takes rest for 20 minutes. How long will he take to cover the whole distance?
Sol. Speed = 12.5 km/hr
Distance to be covered = 50 km
%M KMM
Time required = × 10 = = 4 hr
K$.% K$%
Rest intervals = 20 min × 3 = 60 min = 1 hr (After the third stoppage, he will reach his
destination)
Total time = 4 + 1 = 5 hr

Ex. 9. A car takes 5 hours to cover a distance of 300 km. What is the required speed of the car
in km/hr to cover the same distance in 4/5th of the previous time?
Sol. The earlier speed = 300 km/5 hr or 60 km/hr
The earlier time = 5 hr
i i
The new time = th of previous time = × 5 = 4 hr
% %
Now he has to cover 300 km in 4 hr.
&MM
The new speed = = 75 km/hr.
i

Ex. 10. A man rode a certain distance at the speed of 25 km/hr and walked back at the speed
of 4 km/hr. The whole journey took him 5 hours 48 minutes. What distance did he cover in
all?
Sol. Let the total distance be 2x km.

Then (x/25) + (x/4) = 5 48/60 = 5 4/5 = 29/5
29x/100 = 29/5 x = 20 km. Total distance covered = 2x = 40 km

Ex. 11. A man travels a certain distance at the speed of 20 km/hr and returns to the same
point at the speed of 30 km /hr. His average speed during the whole journey is
$×$M×&M K$M
Sol. Average speed = = = 24 km/hr
%M %

Ex. 12. A started his journey on bicycle at 7.30 a.m. at a speed of 8 km/hr. B started from the
same point half an hour later, but at a speed of 10 km/hr. At what time did B overtake A?
Sol. When B starts, A would have covered = 8 ½ = 4 km in half an hour.
Relative speed for B = 10 – 8 = 2 km/hr
i
Time taken by B to overtake A = = 2 hr.
$
B overtook A at 8 + 2 = 10 a.m.

Ex. 13. A car travels a distance of 840 km at a uniform speed. If the speed of the car is
increased by 10 km/hr, it takes two hours less to cover the same distance. What is the
original speed of the car?
Sol. Let the original speed of the car be x km/hr
According to the given condition
[840/(x+10) - (840/x)] = 2
As per given options, let x be 60 km/hr
eiM
Time taken = = 14 hr
hM
Now, increased speed shall be = 60 + 10 = 70 km/hr
eiM
Time = = 12 hr.
gM
Difference in time = 14 – 12 = 2 hr

Ex. 14. The speed of A and B is in the ratio: 2: 3. A takes 10 minutes more than the time taken
by B to reach the destination. If A had walked at double the speed, he would have covered
the same distance in
Sol. Given, both of them are travelling the same distance.
Speed will be inversely proportional to time.
A and B will take 3x min and 2x min respectively to cover the same distance.
Also 3x – 2x = 10 x = 10
A will take 30 min. to cover the distance.
If A doubles his speed, then time taken will be15 min.

Ex. 15. A train covers a certain distance in 50 minutes at the speed of 48 km/hr. What should
be the speed of the train to complete the journey in 40 minutes?
Sol. Given 40 : 50 : : 48 km/hr : x km/hr
Where x is the speed of the train
Time taken is 40 min.
%M×iM
x = = 60 km/hr
iM

Ex. 16. Excluding stoppages, the speed of a bus is 45 kmph and including stoppages it is 36
kmph. For how many minutes does the bus stop per hour?
Sol. Bus will travel 45 km without stoppages and 36 km with stoppages in one hour
Difference of 9 km’s time is wasted in stoppages.
j K
Time wasted in stoppages per hour = = hours = 12 minutes.
i% %

Ex. 17. A ship went on a voyage. After it had travelled 180 miles, a plane started with 10 times
the speed of the ship. Find the distance (in miles) when they will meet from starting point.
Sol. Let speed of the ship = x and
Time traveled after traveling 180 m but
Now, according to the question,
180 + xt = 10xt
On solving, we get xt = 20
Total distance traveled = 180 + 20 = 200 m.

Ex. 18. A ball moves at 120 meters per second and strikes an object in three seconds. If it
moves at 100 meters per second, how long does it take to strike the same object?
Sol. Total distance covered by ball = 120 3 = 360 m
Now, speed of ball = 100 m/s
&hM Ke
Time taken = = m/s.
KMM %

Ex. 19. Tony started for his office at a speed of 40 kmph. If he travels at this speed, he can
reach his office exactly on time. But after travelling 20 km, he realized that he had forgotten
an important document back at home. So, he went back home at a speed of 60 kmph,
collected the document and again started for his office at a speed of 80 kmph and reached his
office exactly on time. What is the distance between his home and his office?
c
Sol. If the distance is ‘d’ km, he needs ℎ𝑟𝑠 to reach his office.
iM
c $M $M c
So, = + +
iM iM hM eM
$MM $
d = = 66 km
& &

Ex. 20. Brown started 2 hours after John started and overtakes him in 4 hours. If the
difference between the speed of John and Brown is 20 kmph, what is the distance travelled
by Brown, before meeting John?
Sol. Brown over takes John in 4 hours.
This means that he can cover 4 × 20 = 80 km in this time.
That means in 2 hours before Brown starts John has covered 80 km.
So, John’s speed is 40 kmph and that of Brown is 60kmph,
So, the distance travelled by Brown = 60 × 4 = 240 km.

Ex. 21. A man wants to cover 50 km on his bicycle. He covers 12.5 kmph. After every 12.5 km,
he takes rest for 20 minutes. How long will he take to cover the whole distance?
Sol. Speed = 12.5 km/hr

Distance to be covered = 50 km
%M %MM
Time required = × 10 = = 4 hours
K$.% K$%
Rest intervals = 20 min × 3 = 60 min = 1 hour (after third stoppage he will reach his destination
and there will be no stoppage after that)
Total time = 4 + 1 = 5 hours.

Ex. 22. A train starts from Delhi at 1 : 20 p.m. and reaches Indore at 5 : 50 p.m. Second train
starts from Indore at 1 : 50 p.m. and reaches Delhi at 7 : 10 p.m. Find the ratio of speeds of
the two trains.
Sol. Time taken by the first train = 4 hr 30 min = 4.5 hr
Time taken by the second train = 5 hr 20 min
Kh
= hr
&
j Kh
Ratio of time taken = :
$ &
Kh j
⇒ Ratio in their speeds = : = 32 : 27
& $

Problem on trains

I. When train crosses a pole or 𝑳𝒕

any standing thing with 𝑺𝒕
negligible length 𝐿_ = length of train
𝑆_ = speed of train
II. When train crosses a running 𝑳𝒕

man in same direction 𝑺𝒕 − 𝑺𝒎
𝐿_ = length of train
𝑆[ = speed of man
III. When train crosses a running 𝑳𝒕

man in opposite direction 𝑺𝒕 + 𝑺𝒎
𝐿_ = length of train
𝑆[ = speed of man
IV. When train crosses a 𝑳𝒕 + 𝑳𝒑

platform or any standing 𝑺𝒕
thing with some length 𝐿_ = length of train
𝐿" = length of platform

V. When train crosses another 𝑳𝒕𝟏 + 𝑳𝒕𝟐

running train in same 𝑺𝒕𝟏 − 𝑺𝒕𝟐
direction 𝐿_K = length of train 1
𝐿_$ = length of train 2
𝑆_K = speed of train 1
𝑆_$ = speed of train 2
VI. When train crosses another 𝑳𝒕𝟏 + 𝑳𝒕𝟐

running train in opposite 𝑺𝒕𝟏 + 𝑺𝒕𝟐
direction 𝐿_K = length of train 1
𝐿_$ = length of train 2
𝑆_K = speed of train 1
𝑆_$ = speed of train 2

Relative Speed

Case1: Two bodies are moving in opposite directions at speed 𝑉K & 𝑉$ respectively. The relative
speed is defined as 𝑉] = 𝑉K + 𝑉$
Case2: Two bodies are moving in same directions at speed 𝑉K & 𝑉$ respectively. The relative
speed is defined as 𝑉] = |𝑉K + 𝑉$ |

Ex. 1. A train traveling at 72 kmph crosses a platform in 30 seconds and a man standing on the
platform in 18 seconds. What is the length of the platform in meters?
Sol. When the train crosses a man standing on a platform, the distance covered by the train is
equal to the length of the train.
However, when the same train crosses a platform, the distance covered by the train is equal to
the length of the train plus the length of the platform.
The extra time that the train takes when crossing the platform is on account of the extra
distance that it has to cover = length of the platform.
Therefore, length of the platform = speed of train × extra time taken to cross the platform
Length of platform = 72 kmph × 12 seconds
%
Converting 72 kmph into m/sec, we get 72 kmph = × 72 = 20 m/sec
Ke
Therefore, length of the platform = 20 × 12 = 240 meters.

Ex. 2. A train traveling at 100 kmph overtakes a motorbike traveling at 64 kmph in 40
seconds. What is the length of the train in meters?
Sol. When a train overtakes another object such as a motorbike, whose length is negligible
compared to the length of the train, then the distance traveled by the train while overtaking
the motorbike is the same as the length of the train.

The length of the train = distance traveled by the train while overtaking the motorbike

= relative speed between the train and the motorbike × time taken

In this case, as both the objects i.e., the train and the motorbike are moving in the same
direction, the relative speed between them = difference between their respective speeds
= 100 - 64 = 36 kmph.
Distance traveled by the train while overtaking the motorbike = 36 kmph × 40 seconds.
The final answer is given in meters and the speed is given in kmph and the time in seconds.
So let us convert the given speed from kmph to m/sec.
1 kmph = 5/18 m/sec
Therefore, 36 kmph = 36 × 5 /18 = 10 m/sec.
Relative speed = 10 m/sec. Time taken = 40 seconds.
Therefore, distance traveled = 10 × 40 = 400 meters

Ex. 3. A train 125 m long passes a man, running at 5 km/hr in the same direction in which the
train is going, in 10 seconds. The speed of the train is:
Sol.
125
Speed of the train relative to man = m/sec
10
25
= m/sec.
2
25 18
= x km/hr
2 5
= 45 km/hr.
Let the speed of the train be x km/hr. Then, relative speed = (x - 5) km/hr.
x - 5 = 45 x = 50 km/hr.

Ex. 4. The length of the bridge, which a train 130 metres long and travelling at 45 km/hr can
cross in 30 seconds, is:
Sol.
5 25
Speed = 45 x m/sec = m/sec.
18 2
Time = 30 sec.
Let the length of bridge be x metres.
130 + x 25
Then, =
30 2
2(130 + x) = 750
x = 245 m.

Ex. 5. Two trains running in opposite directions cross a man standing on the platform in 27
seconds and 17 seconds respectively and they cross each other in 23 seconds. The ratio of
their speeds is:
Sol. Let the speeds of the two trains be x m/sec and y m/sec respectively.
Then, length of the first train = 27x metres,
and length of the second train = 17y metres.

27x + 17y
= 23
x+ y

27x + 17y = 23x + 23y

4x = 6y
x 3
= .
y 2

Ex. 6. Two trains of equal length are running on parallel lines in the same direction at 46
km/hr and 36 km/hr. The faster train passes the slower train in 36 seconds. The length of
each train is:
Sol. Let the length of each train be x metres.
Then, distance covered = 2x metres.
Relative speed = (46 - 36) km/hr
5
= 10 x m/sec
18
25
= m/sec
9
2x 25
=
36 9

2x = 100
x = 50.

Ex. 7. Two trains are moving in opposite directions @ 60 km/hr and 90 km/hr. Their lengths
are 1.10 km and 0.9 km respectively. The time taken by the slower train to cross the faster
train in seconds is:
Sol. Relative speed = (60+ 90) km/hr
5
= 150 x m/sec
18
125
= m/sec.
3
Distance covered = (1.10 + 0.9) km = 2 km = 2000 m.
3
Required time = 2000 x sec = 48 sec.
125

Ex. 8. A jogger running at 9 kmph alongside a railway track in 240 metres ahead of the engine
of a 120 metres long train running at 45 kmph in the same direction. In how much time will
the train pass the jogger?
Sol. Speed of train relative to jogger = (45 - 9) km/hr = 36 km/hr.
5
= 36 x m/sec
18
= 10 m/sec.
Distance to be covered = (240 + 120) m = 360 m.

360
Time taken = sec = 36 sec.
10

Ex. 9. A 270 metres long train running at the speed of 120 kmph crosses another train running
in opposite direction at the speed of 80 kmph in 9 seconds. What is the length of the other
train?
Sol. Relative speed = (120 + 80) km/hr
5
= 200 x m/sec
18
500
= m/sec.
9
Let the length of the other train be x metres.
x + 270 500
Then, =
9 9
x + 270 = 500
x = 230.

Ex. 10. Two trains, each 100 m long, moving in opposite directions, cross each other in 8
seconds. If one is moving twice as fast the other, then the speed of the faster train is:
Sol. Let the speed of the slower train be x m/sec.
Then, speed of the faster train = 2x m/sec.
Relative speed = (x + 2x) m/sec = 3x m/sec.
(100 + 100)
= 3x
8

24x = 200
25
x = .
3
50
So, speed of the faster train = m/sec
3
50 18
= x km/hr
3 5
= 60 km/hr.

Ex. 11. A man steals a car at 1: 30 pm and drives at 40 kmph. At 2 pm, the owner starts
chasing his car at 50 kmph. At what time will he catch the man?
Sol. Distance covered by the thief in 1 hour = 40 km
K
Distance covered in ℎ = 20 km
$
od`_^Yq\
Now, time taken to catch the thief =
]\{^_dz\ `"\\c
Relative speed = 50 – 40 = 10 kmph (Both are moving in same direction)
$M
Time taken to catch the thief = = 2 hours.
KM
Time = 4 p.m ( 2 p.m. + 2 hours)

Ex. 12. A train is going at 48 kmph. A passenger counts the telegraph posts on the line as he
passes them. If the posts are 50 metres apart, how many posts will he cross per minute?
ie×%×hM
Sol. Speed of train = 48 kmph = 48 × 5/18 m/sec = m/min.= 800 m/min
Ke
Number of posts = 800/50 = 16

Ex. 13. Find the time taken by two trains, one 210 m long and the other 270 m long, to cross
each other, if they are running at speeds of 46 kmph and 54 kmph respectively in the same
direction.
Sol. Relative speed = 54 – 46 = 8 kmph.
Distance to be covered = 210 + 270 = 480 m
Time = 0.480/8 = 0.06 hours. = 216 s.

Ex. 14. Two trains start at the same time from station A and station B and proceed towards
each other at the rate of 16 km and 21 km per hour respectively. When they meet, it is found
that one train has travelled 60 km more than the other. The distance between the two
stations is
c `š P`5
Sol. Distance between two stations =
`š› `5
$KPKh &g
= 60 = 60 × = 444 km.
$KNKh %

Ex. 15. Two persons start from A and B with the speed of 25 kmph and 49 kmph respectively
towards each other. After they cross each other, the person from B covers 145 km to reach A.
What is the distance (in km) covered by A & B?
Sol. Let the total distance between A and B be x.
Since both the persons are starting at the same time therefore time taken by them to meet will
be same.
Ratio of speed = ratios of distance
25 : 49 : : 145 : (x – 145).
Therefore, x = 429.2 km.

Ex. 16. Brown started 2 hours after John started and overtakes him in 4 hours. If the
difference between the speed of John and Brown is 20 kmph, what is the distance travelled
by Brown, before meeting John?
Sol. Brown over takes John in 4 hours.
This means that he can cover 4 × 20 = 80 km in this time.
That means in 2 hours before Brown starts John has covered 80 km.
So, John’s speed is 40 kmph and that of Brown is 60kmph,
So, the distance travelled by Brown = 60 × 4 = 240 km.

Ex. 17. A train of length 120 metre overtakes another 100 meter long train in 8 seconds. If the
speed of the slower train is 27 kmph, what is the speed of the faster train?
Sol.

t = 8 sec --- (1)
%
V1 = 27 km/h = 27 x m/s = 7.5 m/s
Ke
Speed of faster train =V2
Net speed = V2 - V1 -- (2)
From (1) & (2)
$$M
V2 - V1 = = 27.5
e
Ke
V2 = 35 m/s = 35 x km/h = 126 km/hr
%

Ex. 18. A train crosses a platform in 60 seconds, travelling at the speed of 54 kmph. If the
length of the platform is 500 metres, what is the length of the train?
Sol. t = 60 sec
Speed = 54 kmph = 15 m/s
l1 = 500
l2 = ?
{ P{ %MMP{5
15 = š 5 =
hM hM
l2 = 900 - 500 = 400 m

Ex. 19. A goods train runs at the speed of 72 kmph and crosses a 250 m long platform in 26
seconds. What is the length of the goods train?
Sol.
5
Speed = 72 x m/sec = 20 m/sec.
18
Time = 26 sec.
Let the length of the train be x metres.
x + 250
Then, = 20
26
x + 250 = 520
x = 270.

Ex. 20. Two trains of length 115 m and 110 m respectively run on parallel rails. When running
in the same direction the faster train passes the slower one in 25 seconds, but when they are
running in opposite directions with the same speeds as earlier, they pass each other in 5
seconds. Find the speed of each train ?
Sol. Let the speed of trains be x m/sec and y m/sec respectively.
When they move in same direction their relative speed is : x - y
When they moves in opposite direction their relative speed is : x + y

On solving two equations x=27 m/s and y=18 m/sec

Ex. 21. Two trains 110 m and 100 m in length respectively are running in same directions, one
at the rate of 100 km / hr and the other at the rate of 64 km / hr. At what time faster train
will clear other train from the moment they meet ?
Sol. Since trains are running in same direction,
so relative speed = 100-64 = 36 km / hr = [ 36 * ( 5 / 18 )] = 10 m / sec
Total length to be travelled = 110 + 100 = 210 m

Ex. 22. A train passes a standing pole on the platform in 5 seconds and passes the platform
completely in 20 seconds. If the length of the platform is 225 meters. Then find the length of
the train ?
Sol. Let the length of the train is x meter
So speed of train =( x / 5 ) m / sec
Also speed of train = ( 225 + x ) / 20 m/sec

Ex. 23. After travelling a certain distance, a train develops a snag and decreases its speed to
half its original speed and reaches its destination 45 minutes late. Had the snag occurred 30
km further on, it would have reached its destination 15 minutes earlier. What is the speed of
the train?
Sol. Let the initial speed be S1 and the later speed be S2.
When speed decreases by ½ the usual speed, then for any constant distance, time taken would
be twice the usual.
In condition (I), the usual time taken to travel CB = tCB = 45 minutes and in condition (II), the
usual time taken to travel DB = tDB = 45 – 15 = 30 minutes.
Since in condition (I) and condition (II), the time taken to travel DB is the same, the usual time
taken to travel CD = tCD = tCB – tDB = 45 – 30 = 15 minutes.
The usual time taken to travel CD, tCD = 15 min.
Uo &M
The usual speed = = šž kmph = 120 kmph
_œ•
Ÿ}
The usual speed is 120 kmph.

Ex. 24. Two trains start at the same time from stations A and D and proceed towards each
other at 36 kmph and 42 kmph respectively. When they meet, it is found that one train has
travelled 48 km more than the other. The distance between the two stations (in km) is
Sol. Let train from A cover a distance of x km and train from D cover x + 48 km.
O OPie
Time = =
&h i$
42x = 36x + 1728

Kg$e
x = = 288
h
Total distance = 288 + 288 + 48 = 624 km

Ex. 25. A train starts from X towards Y which is at a distance of 55 km at a speed of 40 km per
hour. After running a certain distance, it increases its speed to 50 km per hour and reaches Y
in 1 hour 15 minutes after leaving X. After what time did the train change its speed?
Sol. Let the train increase its speed after covering the distance 'a' km.
According to the question

15 𝑎 55 − 𝑎
= +
60 40 50

⇒ 250 = 5a + 55 × 4 – 4a
⇒ a = 30 km
&M
Time to cover 'a' = = 0.75 hour = 45 min
iM

Boats and streams

Downstream/Upstream:
In water, the direction along the stream is called downstream. And, the direction against the
stream is called upstream.

Important facts:
1) If the speed of a boat in still water is u km/hr and the speed of the stream is vkm/hr, then:
Speed downstream = (u + v) km/hr.
Speed upstream = (u - v) km/h

2) If the speed downstream is a km/hr and the speed upstream is b km/hr, then:
K
Speed in still water = (𝑎 + 𝑏) km/hr
$
K
Rate of stream = (𝑎 − 𝑏) km/hr
$

Some Shortcut Methods
Rule 1: A man can row certain distance downstream in t1 hours and returns the same distance
upstream in t2 hours. If the speed of stream is y km/h, then the speed of man in still water is
given by

Rule 2: A man can row in still water at x km/h. In a stream flowing at y km/h, if it takes him t
hours to row to a place and come back, then the distance between two places is given by

Rule 3: A man can row in still water at x km/h. In a stream flowing at y km/h, if it takes t hours
more in upstream than to go downstream for the same distance, then the distance is given by

Rule 4: A man can row in still water at x km/h. In a stream flowing at y km/h, if he rows the
same distance up and down the stream, then his average speed is given by

Ex. 1. A man can row a boat in upstream at 6 kmph and downstream at 12 kmph. Find the
man's rate in still water and the rate of current.
Sol.

Ex. 2. A man can row 15 km /hr in still water. It takes him twice as long to row upstream as to
row downstream. Find the rate of stream?
Sol. Let man's rate in upstream be x km/hr, then his rate in downstream is = 2x kmph

So rate in downstream= 2x= 20 km/hr

Ex. 3. A man can swim 6 km / hr in still water. If river's rate is 2 km / hr, it takes the man 3
hours to row to a place and back. How far is the place?
Sol. Man's rate in upstream=( 6 - 2 ) km/hr = 4 km/hr
Man's stream rate in downstream= ( 6 + 2 ) km/hr = 8 km/hr

Let the distance of the place be x km then,

Ex. 4. A boat covers 24 km upstream and 36 km downstream in 6 hours another time it covers
36 km upstream and 24 km downstream in 13 / 2 hours. Find out the rate of current ?
Sol. Let the rate of upstream be x kmph , rate of downstream be y kmph, then

On adding both equation :

On subtracting both equation :

On solving both final equations we get x=8 and y=12, now

Ex. 5. A river flows at 1.5 kmph and a boatman who can row at 2.5 kmph on still water, takes
7.5hours to go a certain distance up the stream and return again to the starting point. Find
the total distance covered by the boatman.
Sol. The speeds of the boatman up and down the stream are 1 kmph and 4 kmph respectively.
O O
If the distance covered each way = x km, total time to go up and return = + = 7.5 hr.
K i
% K% K% i
i.e. x = ⇒ x = × = 6 km
i $ $ %
The distance covered both ways is 12 km

Ex. 6. A boy rows a boat upstream for a distance of 9 miles when the stream is flowing at 2
m/h. Then, he rows back with the current. The whole trip takes 6 hours. What will be the
boy's rowing speed in still water?
Sol. Let X m/h be the speed of the boat in still water.
According to the given condition
j j
+ = 6
ON$ OP$

2X2 – 6X – 8 = 0 X2 – 3X – 4 = 0
(X – 4) (X + 1) = 0 X = 4 or X = – 1 (inadmissible)
The required speed is 4 m/h

Ex. 7. A man rows 5 km/hr in still water. If the river is flowing at 1 km/hr, it takes him 75
minutes to row to a place and back. How far is the place?
Sol. Let the distance of the place be x km.
According to the given condition:

O O
+ = 75/60
h i
4(2x + 3x) = 60
5x = 15
x = 3 km.

Ex. 8. A boatman takes his boat upstream from place A to place B, where AB = 21 km. Then,
he returns to place A. He takes 10 hr in all. The time taken by him 7 km downstream is equal
to the time taken by him 3 km upstream. Find the velocity of the river.
Sol. Let the speeds upstream and downstream be Su and Sd respectively.
21/Su + 21/Sd = 10
7/Sd = 3/Su
Solving the two equations simultaneously, we get
Sd = 7 kmph Su = 3 kmph
Let the speed of the boat and the current be x km/hr and y km/hr respectively.
x + y = 7
x – y = 3
Solving the two equations simultaneously,
we get x = 5 km/hr and y = 2 km/hr.

Ex. 9. The speed of a boat in still water is 10 m/s and the speed of the stream is 6 m/s. If the
boat is moving upstream and back downstream, what is the ratio of the time taken to cover a
particular stretch of distance in each direction?
Sol. Given that the distance travelled in each direction is the same, and the effective speeds are
in the ratio (10 – 6) : (10 + 6) = 1 : 4,
The time taken to travel upstream and downstream is in the ratio (1/1): (1/4) = 4: 1.

Ex. 10. A motorboat can travel at 10 km/hr in still water. It travelled 91 km downstream and
then returned, taking 20 hours altogether. What is the rate of flow of the river?
Sol. Let speed of the stream be x km/hr
91/(10 – x) + 91/(10 + x) = 20
20/(100 – x2) = 20/91
100 – x2 = 91 x2 = 9
x = 3 km/h

Ex. 11. A boat takes 6 hours to travel from A to B upstream. If the river current flows at the
rate of 2 kmph, how long will the boat take to travel from B to A (downstream), the distance
being 36 km?
Sol. Ups terms
t = 6 hr
V1 = x
V2 = 2 km /hr
distance = 36
&h
V1- V2 = = 6
h
V1 = 8 km/hr

Down terms
V1 = 8
V2 = 2
net = V1+ V2 = 10 km/hr
&h
Distance = 36 , T = = 3.6 hrs
KM
Exercise

1. Raja has to leave office exactly after 20 minutes to catch a train which leaves station 6.40
p.m. and its 5.45 p.m. now. How much time does it take to travel from office the station?
Ans: 35 minutes

2. Balu started in a car from Cochin to Trivandrum at 11 a.m. He travelled at 60 km per hour
and covered half the distance in two hours At what uniform speed should he travel to reach
Trivandrum at 4.00 p.m.?
Ans: 40 km/hour

3. The charges of hired car are Rs. 3 per km for the first 60 km. Rs. 5 per km for the next 60 km
K
and Rs. 10 per km for the further journey. If the balance amount left over with Atul is less
KM
than what he paid towards the charges of the hired car for travelling 200 km. how much money
did he have initially with him?
Ans: Rs. 1216

4. ‘A’ travels a certain distance at a speed of x km per hour and an equal distance at the speed
of y km per hour. Then the average speed of ‘A’ for the whole journey (in km) per hour is
Ans: 2xy/(x+y)

5. I ascend a mountain with a speed of 3 km per hour. Then I immediately return from the
summit and run downwards with a speed of 6 km per hour. Then my average speed for the
round trip is
Ans: 4 km/hour

6. ‘A’ and ‘B’ are walking in the same direction. ‘A’ who is an ahead walks at the rate of 3.5km
an hour while ‘B’ walks at the rate of 4 km per hour. The distance between then is 6 km. The ‘B’
overtakes ‘A’ in
Ans: 12 hours

7. A man riding a cycle at 12 km per hour can reach a village in 4.5 hours. If he is delayed by
1.5 hour at the start, then in order to reach his destination in time, he should ride with a speed
of
Ans: 18 km/hour

8. A boy goes to school with a speed of 3 km/hour and returns with a speed of 2 km/hour. If he
takes 5 hours in all, then the distance (in km/hour) between the village and the school is:
Ans: 6

9. A boy walks to school at the rate of 3 km per hour and reaches school at 7.35 a.m. Then he
walks at 5 km per hour and reaches at 7.25 a.m. If his school time is 7.30 a.m. how far is his
school from his house?
Ans: 1.25 km

10. A car is travelling is at the rate of 50km per hour whereas train is moving at 20 meters per
second. Their respective speeds are in the ratio
Ans: 25:36

11. A thief steals a scooter and drives of 60 km per hour. The policeman discovers the theft
after 15 minutes and start chasing him at the rate of 75 km per hour his motor-cycle. After what
time the thief caught by the police man?
Ans: one hour

12. A car covers a distance of 690 km in 30 h. What is the average speed of the car?
Ans: 23 km/h

13. A bus is running with a uniform speed of 37 km/h. What distance will be covered by bus in 8
h?
Ans: 296 km

14. A person riding a bike crosses a bridge with a speed of 54 km/h. What is the length of the
bridge if he takes 4 min to cross the bridge?
Ans: 3600 m

15. A man covered a distance of 12 km in 90 min bycycle. How much distance will he cover in 3
h if he rides the cycle at a uniform speed?
Ans: 24 km

16. A man completes 30 km of a journey at 6 km/h and the remaining 40 km of the journey in 5
h. Find the average speed for the whole journey
Ans: 7 km/h

17. A certain distance is covered at a certain speed. If half of the distance is covered in double
time, the ratio of the two speeds is
Ans: 4:1

h
18. Moving of its usual speed a train is 10 min late. Find its usual time to cover the journey
g
Ans: 60 min

19. A car covers a distance from town A to town B at the speed of 58 km/h and covers the
distance from town B to town A at the speed of 52 km/h. What is the approximate average
speed of the car?
Ans: 55 km/h

20. A car reached Raipur from sonagarh in 35 min with an average speed of 69 km/h. If the
average speed is increased by 36 km/h, how long will it take to cover the same distance?
Ans: 23 min

21. A student walks from his house at 2.5 km/h and reaches his school late by 6 min. Next day,
he increases his speed by 1 km/h and reaches 6 min before school time. How far is the school
from his house?
g
Ans: km
i

22. John started from A to B and vinod from B to A. If the distance between A and B is 125 km
and they meet at 75 km from A. What is the ratio of John’s speed to that of vinod’s speed?
Ans: 3:2

23. A man covers half on his journey at 6 km/h and the remaining half at 3 km/h. Find his
average speed
Ans: 4 km/h

24. The speeds of A and B are in the ratio of 3:4. A takes 20 min more than the time taken by B
to reach a destination, in what time does A reach the destination?
Ans: 1.33 h

25. A is twice as fast as B and B is thrice as fast as C. The journey covered by C in 56 min will be
covered by A in
Ans: 9.33 min

26. The ratio of speeds of a train and a car is 16:15 respectively and a bus covered a distance of
&
480 km in 8 h. The speed of the bus in 𝑡ℎ of the speed of train. What distance will be covered
i
by car in 6 h?
Ans: 450 km

27. The ratio between the speeds of two buses is 5:3. If the 1st bus runs 400 km in 8 h, then
find the speed of the 2nd bus.
Ans: 30 km/h

28. If sohail walks from his home to office at 16 km/h, he is late by 5min. If he walks at 20 km/h,
he reaches 10 min before the office time. Find the distance of his office from his house
Ans: 20 km

29. A car covers a distance of 200 km in 2 h 40 min whereas a jeep covers the same distance in
2 h. What is the ratio of their speeds?
Ans: 3:4

30. A person goes from one point to another point with a speed of 5 km/h and comes back to

starting point with a speed for 3 km/h. Find the average speed for the whole journey.
Ans: 3.75 km/h

31. A bus travels at the rate of 54 km/h without stoppages and it travels at 45 km/h with
stoppages. How many minutes does the bus stop on an average per hour?
Ans: 10 min

32. A car travels a distance of 75 km at the speed of 25 km/h. It covers the next 25 km of its
journey at the speed of 5 km/h and the last 50 km of its journey at the speed of 25km/h. What
is the average speed of the car?
Ans: 15 km/h

33. A car runs at the speed of 40 km/h when not serviced and runs at 65 km/h when serviced.
After servicing the car covers a certain distance in 5 h. How much approximate time will the car
take to cover the same distance when not serviced?
Ans: 8 h

34. An express train travelled at an average speed of 100 km/h, stopping for 3 min after every
75 km. A local train travelled at a speed of 50 km/h, stopping for 1 min after every 25 km. If the
trains began travelling at the same time, how many kilometers did the local train travel in the
time in which the express train travel 600 km?
Ans: 307.5 km

35. If you travel 39 km at a speed of 26 km/h, another 39 km at a speed of 39 km/h and again
39 km at a speed of 52 km/h. What is your average speed for the entire journey?
Ans: 37 km/h

36. A and B are two stations 1000 km apart. A train starts from A and moves towards B at 40
km/h. Another train starts from B at the same time and moves towards A at 60 km/h. How far
from A will they cross each other?
Ans: 400 km

37. X and Y start walking towards each other at 8 am at the speeds of 3 km/h and 4 km/h,
respectively. They were initially 17.5 km apart. At what time do they meet?
Ans: 10.30 am

38. A train leaves Manipur at 6 am and reaches Dispur at 10 am. Another train leaves Dispur at
8 am and reaches Manipur at 11:30 am. At what time do the two trains cross trains cross each
other?
Ans: 8:56 am

39. The average speed of a car is 75 km/h. The driver first decreases its average speed by 40%
and then increases it by 50%. What is the new average speed now?
Ans: 67.5 km

40. A car runs at the speed of 50 km/h when not serviced and runs at 60 km/h, when serviced.
After servicing, the car covers a certain distance in 6 h. How much time will the car take to
cover the same distance when not serviced?
Ans: 7.2 h

41. A car driver covers a distance between two cities at a speed is 60 km/h and on the return
his speed is 40 km/h. He goes again from the 1st to the 2nd city at twice that original speed and
returns at half the original return speed. Find his average speed for the entire journey.
Ans: 40 km/h

42. The distance between two stations X and Y is 450 km. A train L starts at 6 pm from x and
moves towards y at an average speed of 60 km/h. Another train M starts from y at 5:20 pm and
moves towards x at an average speed of 80 km/h. How far from x will the two trains meet and
at what time?
Ans: 170 km, 8:50 pm

43. Two cars A and B are running towards each other from two difference places 88 km apart. If
the ration of the speeds of the cars A and B is 5:6 and the speed of the car B is 90 km/h, after
what time will they meet each other?
Ans: 32 min

44. If a 200 m long train crosses a platform of the same length as that of the train in 20 seconds,
then the speed of the train is
Ans: 72 km/h

45. A train 150 m long is running at a speed 90 kmph. Time taken by the train to cross a tree is
Ans: 6 sec

46. A 100 m long train crosses a stationary man in 10 seconds. What is the speed of the train?
Ans: 36 km/h

47. Two trains A and B, travelling in opposite directions, cross each other in six seconds. The
speed of train A is 126 km/h, while that of train B is 90 km/h. If the length train A is 160 metres,
what is the length of train B?
Ans: 200 m

48. A train crosses a stationary person in 3 seconds while it takes 10 seconds to cross a
platform, travelling at same speed. If the length of the platform is 210 meters, what is the
length of the train?
Ans: 90 m

49. A 225 m long train crosses another 150 m long train in 12.5 sec. If one of the trains travels
@ 72 km/h, what is the speed of the other?
Ans: 36 km/h

50. What is the sped of a train which overtakes a man walking at a speed of 5 km/h in 30
seconds, if the train is 274 metres long?
Ans: 37.88 km/h

51. Two trains (X, Y) start from A and B respectively, towards each other. After they meet at
point C, the train X takes two hours to reach B while the train Y takes 4.5 hour to reach A. If the
distance between places A and B is 450 kms, how far should C be from A?
Ans: 270 km

52. 150 m long train takes 10 s to pass a man who is going in the same direction at 2 km/h.
What is the speed of the train in km/h?
Ans: 56

53. A train starts from station X at the rate of 60 km/h and reaches station Y in 45 minutes. If
the speed is reduced by 6 km/h. how much more time will the train take to return from station
Y to station X?
Ans: 5 min

54. A train takes 18 seconds to pass completely throught a station 162 m long and 15 seconds
through another station 120 m long. The length of the train is
Ans: 90 m

55. A train 100 metre long completely passes a man walking in the same direction at 6 km/h in
5 seconds and a car travelling in the same direction in 6 seconds. At what speed was the car
travelling?
Ans: 18 km/h

56. How many seconds will a 500 metres long train take to cross a man walking with a speed of
3 km/h in the direction of the moving train if the speed of the train is 63 km/h?
Ans: 30

57. A train runs at the rate of 120 km/h. The speed in metres per second is
Ans: 33.33

58. A train running at the speed of 72 km/h crosses a 260 metres long platform in 23 seconds.
What is the length of the train in metres?
Ans: 200

59. Train A leaves Mumbai Central station for Lucknow at 11 a.m. running at the speed of 60
km/h. Train B leaves Mumbai Central station for Lucknow by the same route at 2 p.m. on the
same day running at the speed of 72 km/h. At what time will the two trains meet each other?
Ans: 5 am on the next day

60. A train running at speed of 120 km/h crosses a signal post in 15 seconds. What is the length

of the train in metres?
Ans: 500

61. Two trains start from P and Q respectively and travel towards each other at a speed of 50
km/h and 40 km/h respectively. By the time they meet, the first train has travelled 100 km
more than the second. The distance between P and Q is
Ans: 900 km

g
62. A train running at of its own speed reached a place in 22 hours. How much time could be
KK
saved if the train ran at its own speed?
Ans: 8 h

63. A train is 125 m long. If the train takes 30 seconds to cross a tree by the railway line, then
the speed of the train is
Ans: 15 km/h

64. A train passes two bridges of lengths 800 m and 400 m in 100 seconds and 60 seconds
respectively. The length of the train is
Ans: 200 m

65. A train 800 metres long is running at the speed of 78 km/h. If it crosses a tunnel in 1 minute,
then the length of the tunnel (in metres) is
Ans: 500

66. Two trains one 160 m and the other 140 m long are running in opposite directions on
parallel rails, the first at 77 km/h and the other at 67 km/h. How long will they take to cross
each other?
Ans: 7.5 s

67. Two trains start at the same time, one from New Delhi to Agra, the other from Agra to New
Delhi, if they arrive at their respective destinations in one hour and four hours respectively
after passing each other, how much faster is one train running than the other?
Ans: 2 times

68. A and B are two stations 500 km apart. A train starts from A and moves towards B at the
rate of 20 km/h. Another train starts from B at the same time and moves towards A at the rate
of 30 km/h. How far from A will they cross each other?
Ans: 200 m

69. A passenger train, moving at the rate of 90 km/h overtakes a goods train, 2 times as long
and moving on parallel lines at the rate of 50 km/h and passes it completely in 54 seconds. How
long would the passenger train take to pass completely through a station 400 meters in length?
Ans: 24 s

70. Two trains for Bombay leave Delhi at 6 am and 6.45 am and travel at 100 km/h and 136

km/h respectively. How many kilometers from Delhi will the two trains be together?
Ans: 283.33 km

71. Two trains, Calcutta Mail and Bombay Mail, start at the same time from stations Calcutta
and Bombay respectively towards each other. After passing each other, they take 12 hours and
3 hours to reach Bombay and Calcutta respectively. If the Calcutta Mail is moving at the speed
of 48 km/h, the speed of the Bombay Mail is
Ans: 96 km/h

72. Without stoppage, a train travels a certain distance with an average speed of 60 km/h, and
with stoppage, it covers the same distance with an average speed of 40 km/h. On an average,
how many minutes per hour does the train stop during the journey?
Ans: 20 min/h

73. A railway passenger counts the telegraphs poles on the rail as he passes them. The
telegraph poles are at a distance of 50 metres. What will be his count in 4 hours, if the speed of
the train is 45 km/h?
Ans: 3600

74. Two trains A and B start simultaneously in the opposite directions from two points A and B
and arrive at their destinations in 9 and 4 hours respectively after their meeting each other. At
what rate does the second train B travel if the first train travels at 80 km/h?
Ans: 120 km/h

75. Two trains from Howrah leave Muzaffarpur at 8.30 am and 9.00 am respectively and travel
at 60 km/h and 70 km/h respectively. How many kilometers from Muzaffarpur will the two
trains meet?
Ans: 180 km

Directions for (Q. No 76 & 77): Answer the following questions on the basis of the
information given below:
(i) Trains A and B travelling on the same route heading towards the same train destination.
Train B has already covered a distance of 220 kms before the train started
(ii) The two trains meet each other after 11 hours after the start of train A
(iii) Had the trains been travelling towards each other, (from a distance of 220 km) they would
have met after one hour

76. What is the speed of train B in km/h?
Ans: 100

77. What is the speed of train A in km/h?
Ans: 120

i
78. A train meets an accident after moving 30 km. Its speed then comes down to th of the
%
original one and consequently runs 45 mins late. Had the accident taken place 18 km farther

away, it would have been 36 min late. Find the original speed of the train and the distance
between the two stations
Ans: 30 km/h, 120 km

Directions for (Q. No 79 & 80): Read the following and answer the questions that follow.
The Kalinga Express started from Patna to Tata at 7 pm at a speed of 60 km/h. Another train,
the Rajadhani Express, started form Tata to Patna at 4 am next morning at a speed of 90 km/h.
The distance between Patna to Tata is 800 km

79. How far from Tata will the two trains meet?
Ans: 156 km

80. At what time will the two trains meet?
Ans: 5:44 am

81. A train 600 m long crosses a pole in 12 s. What is the speed of the train in km/h?
Ans: 180 km/h

82. A train moving with a speed of 25 m/s crosses a standing man in 16 s. What is the length of
the train?
Ans: 400 m

83. A train 130 m long passes a bridge in 20 s moving with a speed of 90 km/h. Find the length
of the bridge
Ans: 370 m

84. A train 250 m long crosses a platform of equal length in 50 s. Find the speed of the train
Ans: 10 m/s

85. A train speeds past a pole is 10 s and speeds past a platform of 300 m in 25 s. Its length in
metres is
Ans: 200 m

86. A train 100 m long completely passes a man walking in the same direction at 2 km/h in 9 s
and a car travelling in opposite direction in 3 s. At what speed was the car travelling?
Ans: 78 km/h

87. Two trains of equal length are running on parallel lines in the same direction at 45 km/h and
35 km/h. The faster train passes the slower train in 27 s. The length of each train is
Ans: 300 m

88. A man in a train notices that he can count 21 telephone posts in 2 min. If they are known to
be 50 m apart, then at what speed is the train travelling?
Ans: 30 km/h

89. A train of length 150 m takes 40 s to cross a tunnel of length 300 m. The speed of the train is
Ans: 40.5 km/h

90. If a train runs at 40 km/hour, it reaches its destination late by 11 minutes. But if it runs at 50
km/hour, it is late by 5 minutes only. The correct time (in minutes) for the train to complete the
journey is
Ans: 19

91. A train overtakes two persons who are walking in the same direction in which the train is
running, at the rate of 2 kmph and 4 kmph and passes them completely in 9 and 10 seconds
respectively. The length of the train (in metres)
Ans: 50

92. Two trains of length 70 m and 80 m are running at speeds of 68 km/hr and 40 km/hr
respectively on parallel tracks in opposite directions. In how many seconds will they pass each
other?
Ans: 5

93. A man rows 6 km/h in still water. If the river is running at 3 km/h, it takes him 45 minutes to
row to place and back. How far is the place?
Ans: 1. 6875 km

94. A boat goes 15 km upstream in 80 minutes. The speed of the stream is 5 km/h. The speed of
boat in still water is
Ans: 16.25 km/h

95. In a stream, B lies in between A and C such that it is equidistant from both A and C. A boat
can go from A to B and back in 6 h 30 minutes while it goes from A to C in 9 h. How long would
it take to go from C to A?
Ans: 4 h

96. In a stream that is running at 2 km/h, a man goes 10 km upstream and comes back to the
starting point in 55 min. Find the speed of the man in still water
Ans: 22 km/h

97. A motorcycle whose speed in still water is 15 km/h goes 30 km downstream and comes
back in a total 4 hours 30 min. Determine the speed of the stream
Ans: 5 km/h

98. Two swimmers, at opposite ends of a 90-foot pool, start to swim the length of the pool, one
at the rate of 3 feet per second, the other at 2 feet per second. They swim back and forth for 12
minutes. Allowing no loss of time at the turns, find the number of times they pass each other
Ans: 20

99. Two ports A and B are 300 km apart. Two ships leave A for B such that the second leaves 8
hours after the first. The ships arrive at B simultaneously. Find the time the slower ship spent
on the trip if the speed of one of them is 10 km/h higher than of the other
Ans: 20 h

100. In one hour, a boat goes 11 km along the stream and 5 km against the stream. The speed
of the boat in still water (in km/hr) is
Ans: 8

101. A man can row upstream at 8 kmph and downstream at 13 kmph. The speed of the stream
is
Ans: 2.5 km/hr

102. A man rows downstream 32 km and 14 km upstream. If he takes 6 hours to cover each
distance, then the velocity (in kmph) of the current
Ans: 1.5

103. A boat running downstream covers a distance of 16 km in 2 hours while for covering the
same distance upstream, it takes 4 hours. What is the speed of the boat in still water?
Ans: 6 km/hr

104. A boatman goes 2 km against the current of the stream in 1 hour and goes 1 km along the
current in 10 minutes. How long will it take to go 5 km in stationary water?
Ans: 1 hr 15 min

105. A man can row three-quarters of a kilometer against the stream in 11.25 minutes. The
speed (in km/hr) of the man in still water is
Ans: 5

106. A man takes twice as long to row a distance against the stream as to row the same
distance in favour of the stream. The ratio of the speed of the boat (in still water) and the
stream is
Ans: 3:1

107. A boat running upstream takes 8 hours 48 minutes to cover a certain distance, while it
takes 4 hours to cover the same distance running downstream. What is the ratio between the
speed of the boat and speed of the water current respectively?
Ans: cannot be determined

108. If a boat goes 7 km upstream in 42 minutes and the speed of the stream is 3 kmph, then
the speed of the boat in still water is
Ans: 13 km/hr

109. A man’s speed with the current in 15 km/hr and the speed of the current is 2.5 km/hr. The

man’s speed against the current is
Ans: 10 km/h

110. If a man rows at the rate of 5 kmph in still water and his rate against the current is 3.5
kmph, then the man rate along the current is:
Ans: 6.5 kmph

111. A boat can travel with a speed of 13 km/hr in still water. If the speed of the stream is 4
km/hr, find the time taken by the boat to go 68 km downstream
Ans: 4 hours

112. Speed of a boat in standing water is 9 kmph and the speed of the stream is 1.5 kmph. A
man rows to a place at a distance of 105 km and comes back to the starting point. The total
time taken by him is
Ans: 24 hours

113. The speed of a boat in still water is 15 km/hr and the rate of current is 3 km/hr. The
distance travelled downstream in 12 minutes is
Ans: 3.6 km

114. A man can row at 5 kmph in still water. If the velocity of current is 1 kmph and it takes him
1 hour to row to a place and come back, how far is the place?
Ans: 2.4 km

115. A boat takes 19 hours for travelling downstream from point A to point B and coming back
to a point C midway between A and B. If the velocity of the stream is 4 kmph and the speed of
the boat in still water is 14 kmph. What is the distance between A and B?
Ans: 180 km

116. A man can row 9.33 kmph in still water and finds that it takes him thrice as must time to
row up than as to row down the same distance in the river. The speed of the current is
Ans: 4.66 km/hr

117. A boat covers a certain distance downstream in 1 hour, while it comes back in 1 hours. If
the speed of the stream be 3 kmph, what is the speed of the boat in still water?
Ans: 15 kmph

118. A motorboat, whose speed is 15 km/hr in still water goes 30 km downstream and comes
back in a total of 4 hours 30 minutes. The speed of the stream (in km/hr) is
Ans: 5

119. The speed of a boat in still water is 10 km/hr. If it can travel 26 km downstream and 14 km
upstream in the same time, the speed of the stream is
Ans: 3 km/hr

120. A boat takes 90 minutes less to travel 36 miles downstream than to travel the same
distance upstream. If the speed of the boat in still water is 10 mph, the speed of the stream is
Ans: 2 mph

121. A man rows to a place 48 km distance in 14 hours. He finds that he can row 4 km with the
stream in the same time as 3 km against the stream. The rate of the stream is
Ans: 1 km/hr

122. A boat covers 24 km upstream and 36 km downstream in 6 hours while it covers 36 km
upstream and 24 km downstream in 6.5 hours. The velocity of the current is
Ans: 2 mph

123. At his usual rowing rate, Rahul can travel 12 miles downstream in a certain river in 6 hours
less than it takes him to travel the same distance upstream. But if he could double his usual
rowing rate for his 24-mile round trip, the downstream 12 miles would then take only one hour
less than the upstream 12 miles. What is the speed of the current in miles per hour?
Ans: 2.66

124. A man can row upstream at 7 km/h and downstream at 11 km/h. What is the man’s rate in
still water?
Ans: 9 km/h

125. A man can row up stream at 4 km/hr and downstream at 7 km/h. What is the rate of the
current?
Ans: 1.5 km/h

126. A man rows 25 km downstream and 20 km upstream taking 5 h each time. What is the
velocity of the current?
Ans: 0.5 km/h

127. A man can row 9 km/h in still water. It takes him twice as long to row up as to row down
the river. Find the rate of the stream
Ans: 3 km/h

Time&Work

In ratio and proportion, we learnt that there are two types of proportions:
Direct proportion and Indirect proportion.
If four numbers a, b, c and d are in direct proportion, then we write it as
a: b :: c: d

and from the rule:

Q) If 4 pencils cost $10, then what will 6 pencils cost?
Solution:
Number of pencils and their Cost are quantities that are directly proportional.
So, we can frame the expression
“ 4 is to 10 is same as 6 is to What Price P?
i.e. 4: 10 : : 6: P, then
4 × P = 10 × 6, so P = (10 × 6)/4 = 15
So, 6 pencils will cost $15
Now, consider the following example:

Q) 2 men complete a work in 1 day, then 1 man alone will finish the same work in how many
days?
Solution:
Between Number of men and Amount of work, there is not a direct variation, rather there is an
indirect proportion.
To finish a same amount of work, More men will take Less time, while Fewer men take More
time
Now, from the Ratio and Proportion lesson, we know that if four quantities a, b, c and d are in
indirect proportion, then we can set the relation as:
“ a varies to b indirectly as c varies to d” denoted as below:
a: b : : d: c, and
from the rule “ product of means is equal to product of extremes”, we write:

a × c = b × d
Now, if 2 men take 1 day, then 1 man will take what time can be set up as below:
2: 1 : : N: 1, so that we get
2 × 1 = N × 1, so N = 2 days.

Q) If 3 men finish a work in 4 hours, then 4 men will finish the same work in what time?
Solution:
Since, Number of men and Time taken to finish the work are inversely proportional, we can
write:
3 is to 4 is same as N is to 4, where N is the required number of days.
3: 4 : : N: 4.
From the rule, we write:
3 × 4 = 4 × N,
So, N = 3 days.

1. A Very Important Formula:
1. To finish a same amount of work, if M1 men take D1 days and M2 men take D2 days, then
M1 × D1 = M2 × D2
Let us now apply this formula to the above question:
M1 = 3, D1 = 4, M2 = 4 D2 =?
3 × 4 = 4 × D2
So, D2 = 3
2. Again, to finish the same amount of work, if M1 men take D1 days working H1 hours a day,
and M2 men take D2 days working H2 hours a day, then we can write:
M1 × D1 × H1 = M2 × D2 × H2

Q) To finish a same amount of work, if 4 men take 6 days working 5 hours a day, then how
many days will 6 men take working 4 hours a day?
Solution:
Using the formula:
M1 × D1 × H1 = M2 × D2 × H2
4 × 6 × 5 = 6 × D2 × 4
We get: D2 = 5 days.

2. Another Very Important Concept:
One-day Work Concept:
To finish a same amount of work, a man takes 4 days while a woman takes 6 days, each
working alone. If the two persons work together, in what time will they complete the work?
Solution:
Man takes 4 days,
Woman takes 6 days,
So, working together, both take 4 + 6, i.e. 10 days.
This is OBVIOUSLY WRONG.
Why?
Of course, two persons joining hands to finish off a work will naturally take less time than that

taken by each one of them.
Here again, the concept of indirect proportion comes into play on Number of men and Time
taken to complete a same amount of work.
Then, what is the way?
Here goes the solution:
If the man completes the work in 4 days, then in each one of the 4 days, he will complete 1/4 th
of the total work.
(It is legitimately assumed in Time and Work questions that work done in each day is a same
part of the whole)
So, the Man will complete a ¼ th on the first day, another ¼ th on the 2nd day, a third 1/4th on
the 3rdday, and the final ¼ th on the 4th day:
So, the total amount of work (denoted by number “1”) on each of the 4 days is:
¼ + ¼ + ¼ + ¼ = 1
So, there we get to see one very important concept in Time and Work:
If a person completes alone a work in N days, then in one day the part of the work done is 1/N
Note:
“Be careful to note that the fraction for one-day work is a reciprocal of the number for time
taken to finish the whole work
Plainly speaking, one-day work and number of days are numbers reciprocals of each other”
(Fraction ¼ for one-day work is reciprocal of 4, the number for time taken to finish the whole
work)
This is the concept of One-Day Work:
Now, applying this one-day work concept to the above example:
Work completed in One day by the
Man = 1/4,
Woman = 1/6,
Man & Woman together = 1/4 + 1/6 = 5/12
Therefore, number of days both take to complete the whole work is 12/5

Another Very Important Formula:
If one person A takes “x” days to complete a work alone and another person B takes “y” days to
complete the same work alone, then the number days both A and B take working together is :
x y/(x + y)
Applying this formula to the above question, we see the man and woman will together take:
4 × 6/ (4 + 6) = 24/10 = 12/5 days.
A Very Important Formula:
If three persons A, B and C take “x”, “y” and “z” days respectively to complete a work working
alone, then the number of days taken by all three working together is:
x y z/(xy + yz + xz)

Q) Working at their own individual rates, three persons finish a same work in 4, 5 and 6 days
respectively. In what time will they complete the work together?
Solution:
Apply the above formula:
(4 × 5 × 6) / (4 × 5 + 5 × 6 + 4 × 6) = 120/74 =60/37 days.

Ex. 1. If 9 men working 6 hours a day can do a work in 88 days. Then 6 men working 8 hours a
day can do it in how many days?
Sol. From the above formula i.e (m1*t1/w1) = (m2*t2/w2)
so (9*6*88/1) = (6*8*d/1)
on solving, d = 99 days.

Ex. 2. If 34 men completed 2/5th of a work in 8 days working 9 hours a day. How many more
man should be engaged to finish the rest of the work in 6 days working 9 hours a day?
Sol. From the above formula i.e (m1*t1/w1) = (m2*t2/w2)
so, (34*8*9/(2/5)) = (x*6*9/(3/5))
so x = 136 men
number of men to be added to finish the work = 136-34 = 102 men

Ex. 3. If 5 women or 8 girls can do a work in 84 days. In how many days can 10 women and 5
girls can do the same work?
Sol. Given that 5 women is equal to 8 girls to complete a work
so, 10 women = 16 girls.
Therefore 10women +5girls = 16girls+5girls = 21 girls.
8 girls can do a work in 84 days
then 21 girls ————— ?
Answer = (8*84/21) = 32 days. Therefore 10 women and 5 girls can a work in 32 days

Ex. 4. Worker A takes 8 hours to do a job. Worker B takes 10hours to do the same job. How
long it take both A & B, working together but independently, to do the same job?
Sol. A's one hour work = 1/8.
B's one hour work = 1/10
(A+B)'s one hour work = 1/8+1/10 = 9/40
Both A & B can finish the work in 40/9 days

Ex. 5. A can finish a work in 18 days and B can do the same work in half the time taken by A.
Then, working together, what part of the same work they can finish in a day?
Sol. Given that B alone can complete the same work in days = half the time
taken by A = 9days
A's one day work = 1/18
B's one day work = 1/9
(A+B)'s one day work = 1/18+1/9 = 1/6

Ex. 6. A is twice as good a workman as B and together they finish a piece of work in 18 days.In
how many days will A alone finish the work.
Sol. if A takes x days to do a work then
B takes 2x days to do the same work
= > 1/x+1/2x = 1/18

= > 3/2x = 1/18
= > x = 27 days.
Hence, A alone can finish the work in 27 days.
Ex. 7. A can do a certain work in 12 days. B is 60% more efficient than A. How many days does
B alone take to do the same job?
Sol. Ratio of time taken by A & B = 160:100 = 8:5
Suppose B alone takes x days to do the job.
Then, 8:5::12:x
= > 8x = 5*12
= > x = 15/2 days.

Ex. 8. A can do a piece of work n 7 days of 9 hours each and B alone can do it in 6 days of 7
hours each. How long will they take to do it working together 8 2/5 hours a day?
Sol. A can complete the work in (7*9) = 63 days
B can complete the work in (6*7) = 42 days
= > A's one hour's work = 1/63 and
B's one hour work = 1/42
(A+B)'s one hour work = 1/63+1/42 = 5/126
Therefore, Both can finish the work in 126/5 hours.
Number of days of 8 2/5 hours each = (126*5/(5*42)) = 3 days

Ex. 9. A takes twice as much time as B or thrice as much time to finish a piece of work.
Working together they can finish the work in 2 days. B can do the work alone in ?
Sol. Suppose A,B and C take x,x/2 and x/3 hours respectively finish the
work then 1/x+2/x+3/x = 1/2
= > 6/x = 1/2
= >x = 12
So, B takes 6 hours to finish the work.

Ex. 10. X can do ¼ of a work in 10 days, Y can do 40% of work in 40 days and Z can do 1/3 of
work in 13 days. Who will complete the work first?
Sol. Whole work will be done by X in 10*4 = 40 days.
Whole work will be done by Y in (40*100/40) = 100 days.
Whole work will be done by Z in (13*3) = 39 days
Therefore,Z will complete the work first.
Complex Problems on Time and Work="#6b8e23">

Ex. 11. A and B undertake to do a piece of workfor Rs 600. A alone can do it in 6 days while B
alone can do it in 8 days. With the help of C, they can finish it in 3 days, Find the share of
each?
Sol. C's one day's work = (1/3)-(1/6+1/8) = 1/24
Therefore, A:B:C = Ratio of their one day's work = 1/6:1/8:1/24 = 4:3:1
A's share = Rs (600*4/8) = 300
B's share = Rs (600*3/8) = 225
C's share = Rs[600-(300+225)] = Rs 75

Ex. 12. A can do a piece of work in 80 days. He works at it for 10 days & then B alone finishes
the remaining work in 42 days. In how much time will A and B, working together, finish the
work?
Sol. Work done by A in 10 days = 10/80 = 1/8
Remaining work = (1-(1/8)) = 7/8
Now, work will be done by B in 42 days.
Whole work will be done by B in (42*8/7) = 48 days
Therefore, A's one day's work = 1/80
B's one day's work = 1/48
(A+B)'s one day's work = 1/80+1/48 = 8/240 = 1/30
Hence, both will finish the work in 30 days.

Ex. 13. P,Q and R are three typists who working simultaneously can type 216 pages in 4 hours
In one hour, R can type as many pages more than Q as Q can type more than P. During a
period of five hours, R can type as many pages as P can during seven hours. How many pages
does each of them type per hour?
Sol. Let the number of pages typed in one hour by P, Q and R be x,y and z respectively. Then
x+y+z = 216/4 = 54 ————— 1
z-y = y-x = > 2y = x+z ———–— 2
5z = 7x = > x = 5x/7 ————— 3
Solving 1,2 and 3 we get x = 15,y = 18, and z = 21

Ex. 14. Ronald and Elan are working on an assignment. Ronald takes 6 hours to type 32 pages
on a computer, while Elan takes 5 hours to type 40 pages. How much time will they take,
working together on two different computers to type an assignment of 110 pages?
Sol. Number of pages typed by Ronald in one hour = 32/6 = 16/3
Number of pages typed by Elan in one hour = 40/5 = 8
Number of pages typed by both in one hour = ((16/3)+8) = 40/3
Time taken by both to type 110 pages = 110*3/40 = 8 hours.

Ex. 15. Two workers A and B are engaged to do a work. A working alone takes 8 hours more
to complete the job than if both working together. If B worked alone, he would need 4 1/2
hours more to compete the job than they both working together. What time would they take
to do the work together.
Sol. (1/(x+8))+(1/(x+(9/2))) = 1/x
= >(1/(x+8))+(2/(2x+9)) = 1/x
= > x(4x+25) = (x+8)(2x+9)
= > 2×2 = 72
= > x2 = 36
= > x = 6
Therefore, A and B together can do the work in 6 days.

Ex. 16. A and B can do a work in12 days, B and C in 15 days, C and A in 20 days. If A,B and C
work together, they will complete the work in how many days?
Sol. (A+B)'s one day's work = 1/12;
(B+C)'s one day's work = 1/15;
(A+C)'s one day's work = 1/20;
Adding we get 2(A+B+C)'s one day's work = 1/12+1/15+1/20 = 12/60 = 1/5
(A+B+C)'s one day work = 1/10
So, A,B,and C together can complete the work in 10 days.

Ex. 17. A and B can do a work in 8 days, B and C can do the same wor in 12 days. A,B and C
together can finish it in 6 days. A and C together will do it in how many days?
Sol. (A+B+C)'s one day's work = 1/6;
(A+B)'s one day's work = 1/8;
(B+C)'s one day's work = 1/12;
(A+C)'s one day's work = 2(A+B+C)'s one day's work-((A+B)'s one day
work+(B+C)'s one day work)
= (2/6)-(1/8+1/12)
= (1/3)- (5/24)
= 3/24
= 1/8
So, A and C together will do the work in 8 days.

Ex. 18. A can do a certain work in the same time in which B and C together can do it. If A and
B together could do it in 10 days and C alone in 50 days, then B alone could do it in how many
days?
Sol. (A+B)'s one day's work = 1/10;
C's one day's work = 1/50
(A+B+C)'s one day's work = (1/10+1/50) = 6/50 = 3/25
Also, A's one day's work = (B+C)'s one day's work
From i and ii ,we get :2*(A's one day's work) = 3/25
= > A's one day's work = 3/50
B's one day's work = (1/10-3/50)
= 2/50
= 1/25
B alone could complete the work in 25 days.

Ex. 19. A is thrice as good a workman as B and therefore is able to finish a job in 60 days less
than B. Working together, they can do it in:
Sol. Ratio of times taken by A and B = 1:3.
If difference of time is 2 days , B takes 3 days
If difference of time is 60 days, B takes (3*60/2) = 90 days
So, A takes 30 days to do the work = 1/90
A's one day's work = 1/30;
B's one day's work = 1/90;
(A+B)'s one day's work = 1/30+1/90 = 4/90 = 2/45

Therefore, A & B together can do the work in 45/2days
Top

Ex. 20. A can do a piece of work in 80 days. He works at it for 10 days and then B alone
finishes the remaining work in 42 days. In how much time will A & B, working together, finish
the work?
Sol. Work Done by A n 10 days = 10/80 = 1/8
Remaining work = 1-1/8 = 7/8
Now 7/8 work is done by B in 42 days
Whole work will be done by B in 42*8/7 = 48 days
= > A's one day's work = 1/80 and
(A+B)'s one day's work = 1/80+1/48 = 8/240 = 1/30
Hence both will finish the work in 30 days.

Ex. 21. 45 men can complete a work in 16 days. Six days after they started working, so more
men joined them. How many days will they now take to complete the remaining work?
Solution: M1*D1/W1 = M2*D2/W2
= >45*6/(6/16) = 75*x/(1-(6/16))
= > x = 6 days

Ex. 22. A is 50% as efficient as B. C does half the work done by A & B together. If C alone does
the work in 40 days, then A,B and C together can do the work in:
Sol. A's one day's work:B's one days work = 150:100 = 3:2
Let A's & B's one day's work be 3x and 2x days respectively.
Then C's one day's work = 5x/2
= > 5x/2 = 1/40
= > x = ((1/40)*(2/5)) = 1/100
A's one day's work = 3/100
C's one day's work = 1/40
So, A,B and C can do the work in 13 1/3 days.

Ex. 23. A can finish a work in 18 days and B can do the same work in 15 days. B worked for 10
days and left the job. In how many days A alone can finish the remaining work?
Sol. B's 10 day's work = 10/15 = 2/3
Remaining work = (1-(2/3)) = 1/3
Now, 1/18 work is done by A in 1 day.
Therefore 1/3 work is done by A in 18*(1/3) = 6 days.

Ex. 24. A can finish a work in 24 days, B n 9 days and C in 12 days. B & C start the work but are
forced to leave after 3 days. The remaining work done by A in:
Sol. (B+C)'s one day's work = 1/9+1/12 = 7/36
Work done by B & C in 3 days = 3*7/36 = 7/12
Remaining work = 1-(7/12) = 5/12

Now , 1/24 work is done by A in 1 day.
So, 5/12 work is done by A in 24*5/12 = 10 days

Ex. 25. X and Y can do a piece of work n 20 days and 12 days respectively. X started the work
alone and then after 4 days Y joined him till the completion of work. How long did the work
last?
Sol. work done by X in 4 days = 4/20 = 1/5
Remaining work = 1-1/5 = 4/5
(X+Y)'s one day's work = 1/20+1/12 = 8/60 = 2/15
Now, 2/15 work is done by X and Y in one day.
So, 4/5 work will be done by X and Y in 15/2*4/5 = 6 days
Hence Total time taken = (6+4) days = 10 days

Ex. 26. A does 4/5 of work in 20 days. He then calls in B and they together finish the
remaining work in 3 days. How long B alone would take to do the whole work?
Sol. Whole work is done by A in 20*5/4 = 25 days
Now, (1-(4/5)) i.e 1/5 work is done by A & B in days.
Whole work will be done by A & B in 3*5 = 15 days
= >B's one day's work = 1/15-1/25 = 4/150 = 2/75
So, B alone would do the work in 75/2 = 37 ½ days.

Ex. 27. A and B can do a piece of work in 45 days and 40 days respectively. They began to do
the work together but A leaves after some days and then B completed the remaining work n
23 days. The number of days after which A left the work was
Sol. (A+B)'s one day's work = 1/45+1/40 = 17/360
Work done by B in 23 days = 23/40
Remaining work = 1-(23/40) = 17/40
Now, 17/360 work was done by (A+B) in 1 day.
17/40 work was done by (A+B) in (1*(360/17)*(17/40)) = 9 days
So, A left after 9 days.

Ex. 28. A can do a piece of work in 10 days, B in 15 days. They work for 5 days. The rest of
work finished by C in 2 days. If they get Rs 1500 for the whole work, the daily wages of B and
C are:
Sol. Part of work done by A = 5/10 = 1/2
Part of work done by B = 1/3
Part of work done by C = (1-(1/2+1/3)) = 1/6
A's share: B's share: C's share = 1/2:1/3:1/6 = 3:2:1
A's share = (3/6)*1500 = 750
B's share = (2/6)*1500 = 500
C's share = (1/6)*1500 = 250
A's daily wages = 750/5 = 150/-
B's daily wages = 500/5 = 100/-
C's daily wages = 250/2 = 125/-
Daily wages of B & C = 100+125 = 225/-

Ex. 29. A alone can complete a work in 16 days and B alone can complete the same in 12 days.
Starting with A, they work on alternate days. The total work will be completed in how many
days?
Sol. (A+B)'s 2 days work = 1/16 + 1/12 = 7/48
work done in 6 pairs of days = (7/48) * 6 = 7/8
remaining work = 1- 7/8 = 1/8
work done by A on 13th day = 1/16
remaining work = 1/8 – 1/16 = 1/16
on 14th day, it is B's turn
1/12 work is done by B in 1 day.
1/16 work is done by B in ¾ day.
Total time taken = 13 ¾ days.

Ex. 30. A,B and C can do a piece of work in 20,30 and 60 days respectively. In how many days
can A do the work if he is assisted by B and C on every third day?
Sol. A's two day's work = 2/20 = 1/10
(A+B+C)'s one day's work = 1/20+1/30+1/60 = 6/60 = 1/10
Work done in 3 days = (1/10+1/10) = 1/5
Now, 1/5 work is done in 3 days
Therefore, Whole work will be done in (3*5) = 15 days.

Ex. 31. Seven men can complete a work in 12 days. They started the work and after 5 days,
two men left. In how many days will the work be completed by the remaining men?
Sol. 7*12 men complete the work in 1 day.
Therefore, 1 man's 1 day's work = 1/84
7 men's 5 days work = 5/12
= >remaining work = 1-5/12 = 7/12
5 men's 1 day's work = 5/84
5/84 work is don by them in 1 day
7/12 work is done by them in ((84/5) * (7/12)) = 49/5 days = 9 4/5 days.

Ex. 32. 12 men complete a work in 9 days. After they have worked for 6 days, 6 more men
joined them. How many days will they take to complete the remaining work?
Sol. 1 man's 1 day work = 1/108
12 men's 6 days work = 6/9 = 2/3
remaining work = 1 – 2/3 = 1/3
18 men's 1 days work = 18/108 = 1/6
1/6 work is done by them in 1 day
therefore, 1/3 work is done by them in 6/3 = 2 days.

Ex. 33. A man, a woman and a boy can complete a job in 3,4 and 12 days respectively. How
many boys must assist 1 man and 1 woman to complete the job in ¼ of a day?

Sol. (1 man + 1 woman)'s 1 days work = 1/3+1/4 = 7/12
Work done by 1 man and 1 women n 1/4 day = ((7/12)*(1/4)) = 7/48
Remaining work = 1- 7/48 = 41/48
Work done by 1 boy in ¼ day = ((1/12)*(1/4)) = 1/48
Therefore, Number of boys required = ((41/48)*48) = 41 days

Ex. 34. 12 men can complete a piece of work in 4 days, while 15 women can complete the
same work in 4 days. 6 men start working on the job and after working for 2 days, all of them
stopped working. How many women should be put on the job to complete the remaining
work, if it is to be completed in 3 days.
Sol. one man's one day's work = 1/48
one woman's one day's work = 1/60
6 men's 2 day's work = ((6/48)*2) = ¼
Remaining work = 3/4
Now, 1/60 work s done in 1 day by 1 woman.
So, ¾ work will be done in 3 days by (60*(3/4)*(1/3)) = 15 woman.

Ex. 35. Twelve children take sixteen days to complete a work which can be completed by 8
adults in 12 days. Sixteen adults left and four children joined them. How many days will they
take to complete the remaining work?
Sol. one child's one day work = 1/192;
one adult's one day's work = 1/96;
work done in 3 days = ((1/96)*16*3) = 1/2
Remaining work = 1 – ½ = 1/2
(6 adults+ 4 children)'s 1 day's work = 6/96+4/192 = 1/12
1/12 work is done by them in 1 day.
½ work is done by them 12*(1/2) = 6 days

Ex. 36. Sixteen men can complete a work in twelve days. Twenty four children can complete
the same work in 18 days. 12 men and 8 children started working and after eight days three
more children joined them. How many days will they now take to complete the remaining
work?
one child's one day's work = 1/432
Work done in 8 days = 8*(12/192+ 8/432) = 8*(1/16+1/54) = 35/54
Remaining work = 1 -35/54 = 19/54
(12 men+11 children)'s 1 day's work = 12/192 + 11/432 = 19/216
Now, 19/216 work is done by them in 1 day.
Therefore, 19/54 work will be done by them in ((216/19)*(19/54)) = 4 days

Ex. 37. Twenty-four men can complete a work in 16 days. Thirty- two women can complete
the same work in twenty-four days. Sixteen men and sixteen women started working and
worked for 12 days. How many more men are to be added to complete the remaining work in
2 days?

one woman's one day's work = 1/768
Work done in 12 days = 12*( 16/384 + 16/768) = 12*(3/48) = 3/4
Remaining work = 1 – ¾ = 1/4
(16 men+16 women)'s two day's work = 12*( 16/384+16/768) = 2/16 = 1/8
Remaining work = 1/4-1/8 = 1/8
1/384 work is done n 1 day by 1 man.
Therefore, 1/8 work will be done in 2 days in 384*(1/8)*(1/2) = 24men

Ex. 38. 4 men and 6 women can complete a work in 8 days, while 3 men and 7 women can
complete it in 10 days. In how many days will 10 women complete it?
Sol. Let 1 man's 1 day's work = x days and
1 woman's 1 day's work = y
Then, 4x+6y = 1/8 and 3x+7y = 1/10.
Solving these two equations, we get: x = 11/400 and y = 1/400
Therefore, 1 woman's 1 day's work = 1/400
= > 10 women will complete the work in 40 days.

Ex. 39. One man, 3 women and 4 boys can do a piece of work in 96 hours, 2 men and 8 boys
can do it in 80 hours, 2 men & 3 women can do it in 120 hours. 5 Men & 12 boys can do it in
how many hours?
Sol. Let 1 man's 1 hour's work = x
1 woman's 1 hour's work = y
1 boy's 1 hour's work = z
Then, x+3y+4z = 1/96 ———– (1)
2x+8z = 1/80 ———- (2)
adding (2) & (3) and subtracting (1)
3x+4z = 1/96 ———(4)
From (2) and (4), we get x = 1/480
Substituting, we get : y = 1/720 and z = 1/960
(5 men+ 12 boy)'s 1 hour's work = 5/480+12/960 = 1/96 + 1/80 = 11/480
Therefore, 5 men and 12 boys can do the work in 480/11 or 43 7/11hours.

Exercise

1. A takes twice as much time as B and C takes thrice as much time as B to finish a work.
Working together, they can finish the work in 12 days. Find the number of days needed for A to
go the work alone
Ans: 44

2. 6 boys can complete a piece of work in 16 h. In how many hours will 8 boys complete the
same work?
Ans: 12

3. A is thrice as good a workman as B and therefore is able to finish a job in 30 days less than B.
How many days will they take to finish the job working together?
K
Ans: 11
i

4. 5 men start working to complete a work in 15 days. After 5 days, 10 women are accompanied
by them to complete the work in next 5 days. If the work is to be done by women only, when
could the work be over, if 10 women have started it?
Ans: 15 days

5. A and B together can complete a work in 3 days. They started together but after 2 days, B left
the work. If the work is completed after 2 more days, B alone could do the work in how many
days?
Ans: 6

$
6. 90 men are engaged to do a piece of work in 40 days but it is found that in 25 days, work is
&
completed. How many men should be allowed to go off so that the work may be finished in
time?
Ans: 15

7. 36 workmen are employed to finish a certain work in 48 days. But it is found that in 24 days
$
only work is done. How many more men must be taken to finish the work in time?
%
Ans: 18

8. If 12 men or 18 women can do a piece of work in 14 days. How long will 8 men and 16
women take to finish the work?
Ans: 9 days

9. 20 men complete one-third of a work in 20 days. How many more men should be employed
to finish the rest of work in 25 more days?
Ans: 12

10. 3 men can do a piece of work in 6 days. 5 women can do the same work in 18 days. If 4 men
and 10 women work together, then how long will it take to finish the work?

Ans: 3 days

11. 3 men can do a piece of work in 18 days. 6 children can also do that work in 18 days. 4 men
and 4 children together will finish the work in how many days?
Ans: 9

12. A alone can complete a work in 12 days and B alone can complete the same work in 24
days. In how many days can A and B together complete the same work?
Ans: 8 days

13. Meeshu gets Rs. 110 for every day that he works. If he earns Rs. 2750 in a month of 31 days,
for how many days did he work?
Ans: 25 days

14. 10 men and 8 women together can complete a work in 5 days. Work done by one woman in
a day is equal to half the work done by a man in one day. How many days will it take for 4 men
and 6 women to complete that work?
Ans: 10 days.

15. If one man or two women or three boys can finish a work in 88 days, then how many days
will one man, one women and one boy together take to finish the same work?
Ans: 48 days

16. A and B can complete a work in 12 days and 18 days, respectively. A begins to do the work
and they work alternately one at a time for one day each. The whole work will be completed in
how many days?
K
Ans: 14
&

17. It is given that 16 men working 18 h a day can build a wall 36 m along, 4 m broad and 24 m
high in 20 days. How many men will be required to build a wall 64 m long, 6m broad and 18 m
high working 12 h a day in 16 days?
Ans: 60

18. A contract is to be completed in 92 days and 234 men were set to work, each working 16 h a
i
day. After 66 days, of the work is completed. How many additional men may be employed so
g
that the work may be completed in time, each man now working 18 h a day?
Ans: 162

19. 12 engines consume 30 metric tons of coal when each is running 18 h a day. How much coal
will be required for 16 engines, each running 24 h a day, it being given that 6 engines of former
type consume as much as 8 engines of latter type?
Ans: 40 tones

20. A garrison of 6600 men had provisions for 64 days at the rate of 1700 g per head. At the end

of 14 days, reinforcement arrives and it was found that the provision will last 34 days more at
the rate of 1650 g per head. What is the strength of the reinforcement?
Ans: 3400

21. 6 men can do a piece of work in 12 days while 8 women can do the same work in 18 days.
The same work can be done by 18 children in 10 days. 4 men, 12 women and 20 children work
together for 2 days. If only men have to complete remaining work in 1 day, then find the
required number of men.
Ans: 36

22. A certain number of persons can dig a trench 200 m long, 100 m broad and 20 m deep in 20
days. The same number of persons can dig another trench 40 m broad and 30 m deep in 60
days. Find the length of the 2nd trench
Ans: 1000m

23. If a certain number of workmen can do a piece of work in 50 h, in how many hours will
another set of an equal number of men, do a piece of work, twice as great, supposing that 4
men of the 1st set can do as much work in 1 h as 6 men of the 2nd set do in 1 h?
Ans: 150

24. If m men working m h per day, can do m units of work in m days, then n men working n h
per day would be able to complete how many units of work in n days?
YS
Ans: 5
[

25. A contractor undertook to do a certain piece of work in 18 days. He employed certain
number of men but 12 of them being absent from the very 1st day, the rest could finish the
work in 30 days. Find the number of men originally employed
Ans: 30

26. There is sufficient food for 800 men for 62 days. After 56 days, 560 men leave the place. For
how many days will the rest of the food last for the rest of the men?
Ans: 20 days

i
27. Rashmi can do a piece of work in 16 days. Ravina can do the same work in 12 days while
%
Gitika can do it in 32 days. All of them started to work together but Rashmi leaves after 4 days.
Ravina leaves the job 3 days before the completion of the work. How long the work last?
Ans: 9 days

28. Sita can complete a work in 10 days. Geeta is 25% more efficient than Sita and Rita is 60%
more efficient than Geeta. How many days will they taken to complete that work?
%
Ans: 6 days
g

29. A and B can do a piece of work in 9 days 18 days, respectively. As they were III, they could
do 90% and 72% of their efficiency respectively. How many days will they take to complete the

work together?
K
Ans: 2
g

& $
30. A can do part of a work in 18 days. B can do part of the lane work in 12 days and C can
i &
do 60% of the lane work in 24 days. If A, B and C do the work alone for 4 days, 6 days and 8
days, respectively. What percent of work is remaining?
Ans: 30%

31. X can do 20% of a work in a day, Y can do 35% of the same work in a day and X,Y and Z
together can do 50% of the same work in a day. How much percent of work can be done by Z in
a day?
Ans: 5%

32. A, B and C can do a piece of work in 18, 24 and 36 days, respectively. They work
alternatively, first day C, Second day B and third day A, fourth day C and so on. How many days
will be needed to complete the work like this way?
Ans: 24

33. Eight children and 12 men complete a certain piece of work in 9 days. Each child takes twice
the time taken by a man to finish the work. In how many days will 12 men finish the same
work?
Ans: 12

34. One man and one women can do work in 10 days. Two men can do the work in 8 days. In
how many days one woman alone can do the same work?
$
Ans: 26
&

35. A and B can together do a work in 24 days. B completes one-third of the work in 12 days. In
how many days can A complete the remaining work?
Ans: 48

36. 12 men take 18 days to complete a work whereas 12 children take 27 days to complete the
same work. How many days will 10 men and 12 children together take to complete the same
work?
Ans: 12 days

37. If A and B can do a piece of work in 15 days, B and C in 20 days wheras A and C can do it in
30 days, then A, B and C together can do it in how many days?
K
Ans: 13 days
&

38. Two pipes A and B can fill a cistern individually in 20 minutes and 30 minutes respectively. A
third waste pipe C can empty the cistern in 1 hour. If both the pipes A and B and the waste pipe
C are opened simultaneously and initially the cistern is empty, then the cistern will be filled in

Ans: 15 minutes

39. A 50 metre long and 35 metre wide pond was dug by 250 labourers in 18 days under the
food for work programme. The number of days in which a 70 metre long and 40 metre wide
pond having the same depth can be dug by 3000 labourers is
Ans: 24

40. A and B can do separately a piece of work in 20 and 30 days respectively. They work
together for some time and then B stops. If A completes the rest of the work in 10 days, then B
has worked for
Ans: 6 days

K K K
41. ‘A’ takes one hour to dig a pit of × × metres dimension, While ‘B’ takes one and a
$ $ $
quarter hour. If workers work for 8 hours per day and 72 pits are required to be dug, then ‘A’
and ‘B’ together will complete the work in
Ans: 5 days

42. A farmer ploughing a certain area of land at the rate of 10m2 per hour finished his work at 6
pm. If he ploughs at the rate of 12 m2 per hour, he finishes his work at 4 p.m. The total square
metre of land he was ploughing was
Ans: 120 m2

$ &
43. ‘A’ completes of a digging work on the first day and of the remaining work on the second
j g
day. He has to dig 8 cubic metres on the third day to complete the work. The total cubic metres
digging to be done was
Ans: 18 cu.m

44. A tank of length, breadth and height 2m, 3.75 m and 4.73 m respectively is filled by a tap in
two hours. Time needed to fill up a tank having dimensions double of the above will be
Ans: 16 hours

45. X and Y together finish a work in 8 hours. If X alone can finish it in 12 hours, then Y alone
can finish the same in
Ans: 24 hours

46. If x men can do a piece of work in 8 days and (x+4) men could do the same work in 6 days,
then x is equal to
Ans: 12

47. A can do a piece of work in 24 days. If B is 60% more efficient than A, then the number of
days required by B to do the same work is
Ans: 15

48. If A and B can do a piece of work in 10 and 15 days respectively, then the amount of work

they can together do in 3 days is
K
Ans:
$

49. A man and 3 women can do a piece of work in 20 days. If a woman can do 50% of the work
that a man can do, in how many days a woman will do the job when engaged alone?
Ans: 100 days

50. If 5 men take 15 hours to harvest a crop, then 7 women will do the same job in how many
hours, given that a man does 40% more work as compared to the work done by a woman?
Ans: 15 hours

51. A and B can do a work in 2 days. If B alone can do the same work in 6 days, then A alone can
do twice as great work in
Ans: 6 days

52. A tap can fill a tub with water in 6 hours, and another tap attached to the tub can empty in
10 hours, then the time to fill the tub when both the taps are opened at a time is
Ans: 15 hours

53. 40 men can build a wall 20 m high in 15 days. The number of men required to build a similar
wall 25 m high in 6 days, will be
Ans: 125

54. Pipe A can fill a tank in 4 hours and pipe B can empty it in 6 hours. If both of them are
opened at the same time when the tank is empty, then number of hours required to fill the
tank will be
Ans: 12

55. A certain job is assigned to a group of men to do in 20 days. But 12 men did not turn up for
the job and the remaining men did the job in 32 days. The original number of men in the group
was
Ans: 32

56. 14 persons can complete a work in 16 days. 8 persons started the work in 12 days after they
started the work 8 more person joined them. How many days will they take to complete the
remaining work?
Ans: 8 days

57. 15 men can complete a work in 10 days while 20 boys can complete the same work in 15
days. How many days will 10 men and 10 boys together take to complete the same wok?
Ans: 10

58. 14 workers can make 1400 toys in 5 days. One day after they started the work 14 more
workers joined them. How many days will they take to complete the remaining work?
Ans: 2

59. 14 men can complete a work in 12 days. 4 days after they started the work, 2 more men
joined them. How many days will they take to complete the remaining work?
Ans: 7

60. Rohan and Sunil separately can complete a work in 8 hours and 4 hours respectively. How
much time will they take when working together?
$
Ans: 2 hours
&

61. Ganesh, Ram and Sohan together can do a work in 16 days. If Ganesh and Ram together can
do the same work in 24 days then, how long will take Sohan alone to do the same work?
Ans: 48 days

62. A and B together can do a work in 8 days. If A alone can do it in 12 days, then in how many
days can B alone do it?
Ans: 24

K
63. A and B together can do a work in 24 days. B alone does its part in 12 days. How long will
&
A alone take to do the remaining work?
Ans: 48

64. Ram, Dilip and Shekhar can Complete a work in 20 days. If Ram and Dilip together can
complete the same work in 30 days, then how long will Shekar take to complete it?
Ans: 60

65. A and B separately can complete a work in 6 days and 3 days respectively. If they work
together, then in how many days will they complete the work?
Ans: 2

66. A certain work can be done in a certain time by 25 men, with 5 men less, it could have been
done in 3 days more. In what time can it be done by 40 men?
K
Ans: 7 days
$

67. A certain work can be done in a certain time by 36 men, but had there been 9 men more, it
could have been done in 5 days less. In how many days can 20 men do it?
Ans: 45 days

68. A wall can be built by a certain number of masons in 27 days. But it requires 15 men less to
finish it in 30 days. How many masons will build it in 50 days?
Ans: 81

69. A and B can do a work in 12 and 20 days respectively. If, after they work at it together for
some time, C who can do the whole work in 10 days, finishes it in 2 days, how long did A and B
work?

Ans: 6 days.

70. 90 men are engaged to do a piece of work in 40 days, but it is found that in 25 days 2/3
work in completed. How many men should be allowed to go off so that the work may be
finished in time?
Ans: 15

71. 8 men with 2 boys can do a piece of work in 7 days, which 25 men with 13 boys can do in 2
days. What fraction of the whole can be done in 1 day by 11 men with 20 boys?
Ans: 1/3

72. One man works for 5 hours a day for 10 days and completes a piece of work. One boy works
for 8 hours for 20 days to complete the same job. What is the ratio of their efficiencies?
Ans: 16:5

73. A is thrice as good a worker as B & takes 8 days less to do a piece of work than B. In how
many days can B do the work?
Ans: 12 days

74. A and B can do a piece of work in 12 days, B and C in 15 days and C and A in 20 days. When
they work together, the time required will be
Ans: 10 days

K
75. If 60 guns firing 5 rounds in 6 min kill 350 men in 1 hours, how many guns firing 7 rounds in
i
9 min will kill 980 men in 25 min at the same rate?
Ans: 240 guns

76. If 7 men or 8 women or 10 boys can finish a piece of work in 24 days of 9 hours, find how
many men with the help of 4 women and 5 boys can finish it in 18 days of 6 hours?
Ans: 7 men

77. A can eat 10 burgers in 2 days and B can eat 20 burgers in 1 day. For how long will 250
burgers last if both start eating them together?
Ans: 10 days

78. If 10 men can complete a piece of work in 30 days, how many men are required to complete
the same in 25 days?
Ans: 12

79. 10 men can complete a piece of work in 18 days. After 6 days, 5 more men joined. In how
many days the remaining work would be completed?
Ans: 12

80. 15 persons can fill 35 boxes in 7 days. How many persons are required to fill 65 boxes in 5
days?

Ans: 39

81. If 30 men working 7 hours a day can do a piece of work in 18 days, in how many days will 21
men working 8 hours a day do the same piece of work?
K
Ans: 22
$

82. If 3 men or 4 women can plough a field in 43 days, how long will 7 men and 5 women take
to plough it?
Ans: 12 days

83. A and B can together finish a work in 20 days. They worked at it for 20 days and then B left.
The remaining work done by A alone in 20 more days. A alone can finish the work in
Ans: 60 days

84. A does half as such work as B in three-fourth of the time. If together they take 18 days to
complete the work, how much time shall B taken to do it?
Ans: 30 days

85. A can do a certain job is 12 days. B is 60% more efficient than A. The number of days, it
takes B to do the same piece of work is
K
Ans: 7
$

86. If Ramesh, Suresh and Harish can do a piece of work in 15 days, 10 days and 6 days
respectively, how long will they take to do it, if all the three together complete the remaining
work?
Ans: 3 days

87. Twelve men can complete a work in 8 days. Three days after they started the work and 3
more men joined. In how many days will all of them together complete the remaining work?
Ans: 4

88. A and B can separately to do a piece of work in 20 days and 15 days respectively. They
worked together for 6 days, after which B was replaced by C. If the work was finished in next 4
days, then the number of days in which C alone could do the work will be
Ans: 40

89. A does half as much as B and C does half as much work as A and B together. If C alone can
finish the work in 40 days, then together all will finish the work in
K
Ans: 13 days
&

90. A, B and C can do a piece of work in 36, 54 and 72 days respectively. They started the work
but A left 8 days before the completion of the work while B left 12 days before the completion.
The number of days for which C worked is
Ans: 24

MathsBookPart1 PDF

Загружено:

Сведения о документе

Оригинальное название

Авторское право

Доступные форматы

Поделиться этим документом

Поделиться или встроить документ

Параметры публикации

Этот документ был вам полезен?

Это неприемлемый материал?

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

MathsBookPart1 PDF

Загружено:

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

Maths Book

The sum of all factors of 450 is

(C) The difference of the odd and even groups

, where k must be chosen such that .

(Denominator must be less than 32, 5$ = 25 is less) Hence, there are 7

x - y = [(𝑥 + 𝑦)$ − 4𝑥𝑦] = [(42)$ − 4×437] = [1764 – 1748] = [16] = 4.

S. Type of problem Approach to the problem

4. Find the LEAST NUMBER which It is always observed that

A’s present age =

A’s present age =

B’s present age =

If A's share is Rs. 57, total profit = Rs. 100.

Harmonic means of is denoted by

the average speed during the whole journey is

Then, (100 - 40)% of x = 420.

Final amount = Rs. (6251 + 625.10) = Rs. 6876.10

2ndtime 0.12x To friend = 25% of 0.48x = Left = 0.36x

5. Loss Percentage: (Loss %)

6. Selling Price: (S.P.)

7. Selling Price: (S.P.)

8. Cost Price: (C.P.)

9. Cost Price: (C.P.)

2000 - 100x = 25x

Selling Price of 1 toy = Rs. 33

Hence, S.P. = Rs. 25,300.

27x + 17y = 23x + 23y

Вам также может понравиться